PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . L . . . .
388
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM . M . . . .
394
2002
All rights reserved. This book may not be
reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without
the written permission of Toyota Motor
Corporation.
1
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 13 sections:
No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE THIS
MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLE–
SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL
WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground
points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code
according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, ”How to use this manual”).
The ”System Outline” and ”Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained
in this section.
I
GROUND POINT
Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
J
POWER SOURCE
(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.
K
CONNECTOR LIST
Describes the form of the connectors for the parts appeared in this book.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
L
PART NUMBER OF
CONNECTORS
Indicates the part number of the connectors used in this manual.
M
OVERALL
ELECTRICAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
H
2
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power
source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit
diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit
where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source
supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points
(see Ground Point section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit
operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem
circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing
sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring
harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each
system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better
understanding of connection within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows
(from__, to__). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical
Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.
3
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual
circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
[A]
Stop Light
From Power Source System (See Page 66)
15A
STOP
7.5A
GAUGE
4
IB
2
[B]
1
R L
3 IB
1 IB
[C]
2 IB
R L
L (S/D)
R (W/G)
W R
[G]
2
4
[E]
14 IE1
[D]
Rear
Lights
S6
Stop Light SW
1
I5
[F]
Y G
G W
L (S/D)
G W
13
G W
ABS ECU
C7
Combination
Meter
7
6
[J]
(Shielded)
R6
Rear Combination Light LH
2
H17
High Mounted
Stop Light
[K]
B18
W B
1
W B
BV1
W B
W B
1
BO
50
[L]
BL
[M]
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W B
G R
3
W B
[I]
B18
Stop
Stop
R7
Rear Combination Light RH
G R
1
G R
BV1
4
11
G B
[H]
3
1
4
G R
2
4
L4
Light Failure Sensor
8
B
[A] : System Title
[H] : Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
[B] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and
only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it
from the J/B
Example:
Indicates Relay Block No.1
B
= Black
W = White
BR = Brown
L
= Blue
V
SB = Sky Blue
= Violet
R = Red
G = Green
LG = Light Green
[C] : (
) is used to indicate different wiring and
connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine
type, or specification is different.
P
Y
GR = Gray
[D] : Indicates related system.
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
= Pink
= Yellow
O = Orange
[E] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
Example:
L–Y
L
(Blue)
[I]
Female
Male (
)
Y
(Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are ”E” for the
Engine Room, ”I” for the Instrument Panel, and ”B”
for the Body).
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness
and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the
component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the Engine
Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1,
IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness
and wiring harness connector.
[F] : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue).
The code is the same as the code used in parts
position.
[G] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B
No. and the connector code is shown beside it).
Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate
them from other parts.
Example:
3C indicates that
it is inside
Junction Block
No.3
The Location of splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
shaded section.
[J] : Indicates a shielded cable.
[K] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and
male connectors.
Example: Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Female
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Male
[L] : Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the
Engine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel
and Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
[M] : Page No.
5
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
[N]
System Outline
Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW.
When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flows
through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.
Stop Light Disconnection Warning
When the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the current
flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINALS 1, 2 changes, so the light failure sensor detects the
disconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated.
As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lights
warning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warning
circuit on and holds the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.
[O]
Service Hints
S6 Stop Light SW
2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed
L4 Light Failure Sensor
1, 2, 7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on
4, 8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
11–Ground : Always continuity
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB
20
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
3C
22
Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3 (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
[S]
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1
42
Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
BV1
50
Luggage Room Wire and Floor Wire (Luggage Room Left)
[T]
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
BL
50
Under the Left Center Pillar
BO
50
Back Panel Center
[U]
: Splice Points
Code
I5
See Page
44
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
Cowl Wire
B18
See Page
50
6
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Luggage Room Wire
B
[N] : Explains the system outline.
[O] : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
[P] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example : Part ”L4” (Light Failure Sensor) is on page 36 of the manual.
∗ The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts
starting with that letter.
Example : L 4
Á
Á
Parts is 4th in order
Light Failure Sensor
[Q] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit.
Example : Connector ”1” is described on page 18 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument
panel.
[R] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit.
Example : Connector ”3C” connects the Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3. It is described on page 22 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
[S] : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring
harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example : Connector ”IE1” connects the floor wire (female) and Instrument panel wire (male). It is described on
page 42 of this manual, and is installed on the left side kick panel.
[T] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example : Ground point ”BO” is described on page 50 of this manual and is installed on the back panel center.
[U] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example : Splice point ”I5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 44 of this manual.
7
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify
the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also be
checked this way.
I GROUND POINT
W–B
FAN MAIN Relay
5
A/C Relay No.2
5
A/C Relay No.3
5
A
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
A/C Control Assembly
W–B
FAN MAIN Relay
W–B
Cigarette Lighter
5
E3
O/D Main SW
E3
Clock
Blower Motor
I6
W–B
W–B
A
A W–B
W–B
Blower SW
I6
A
W–B
A
W–B
Parking Brake SW
E3
J1
Junction
Connector
W–B
Radiator Fan Motor
E3
7
3B
W–B
Headlight Cleaner Relay
E2
W–B
Combination Meter
W–B
W–B
Headlight LH
E4
E5
W–B
W–B
E4
W–B
E5
W–B
Front Turn Signal Light LH
W–B
E4
W–B
W–B
Front Fog Light LH
3
3F
13
3G
W–B
W–B
E6
Brake Fluid Level SW
W–B
W–B
Door Lock Control SW
W–B
B4
Cruise Control ECU
Remote Control Mirror SW
Turn Signal Flasher
5
3E
W–B
Front Clearance Light LH
2
IA1
W–B
I2
1
3D
W–B
Front Clearance Light RH
W–B
Front Fog Light RH
W–B
E4
W–B
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Combination SW
7
3C
W–B
Headlight RH
W–B
6
3E
W–B
I4
W–B
Defogger SW
I2
W–B
I2
Combination SW
B4
W–B
W–B
W–B
15 W–B
W–B
B5
ID1
W–B
W–B
W–B
Unlock Warning SW
I5
10 EA2
Door Lock Control Relay
W–B
I5
W–B
B4
Door Lock Motor RH
W–B
W–B
W–B
Door Courtesy SW RH
I5
W–B
B5
EA
W–B
I4
8 W–B
I8
IB1
W–B
W–B
A/C Amplifier
Door Courtesy SW LH
B5
W–B
Door Lock Control SW
B5
W–B
W–B
W–B
Idle–Up SW
Power Window Control
Relay
W–B
W–B
W–B
Blower Resistor
Power Window Master SW
Door Lock Motor LH
W–B (4A–GZE)
4
4
3
IC3
W–B
W–B
BR
Radio and Player
Fuel Control SW
I5
4
4
I5
W–B
Woofer Speaker Amplifier
BR
W–B
4
BR
BR
I3
4
BR
Combination Meter
I3
BR
Fuel Sender
W–B
4
BR
BR
Auto Antenna Motor
Combination Meter
5
BA1
W–B
HEATER Relay
IB
∗
IC
The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
8
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
The ”Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system
are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully
understood.
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source
(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
10A ECU–B
Short Pin
2
2
7.5A DOME
15A EFI
30A AM2
Battery
2
Fusible Link Block
6
10A HAZARD
2
20A RADIO NO.1
S2
Starter
10A HORN
100A ALT
6
60A ABS
5
Engine Room R/B (See Page 20)
Fuse
20A
10A
System
Page
STOP
ABS
ABS and Traction Control
Cruise Control
Electronically Controlled Transmission
Multiplex Communication System
194
187
180
166
210
DOME
Cigarette Lighter
Combination Meter
Headlight
Interior Light
Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning
Light Auto Turn Off
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
214
230
112
122
Power Source
40A DOOR LOCK CB
1.25B FL MAIN
W
W
7.5A DOME
W
W
2
2
W
B
B
7
EB1
W
I2
W
1
I2
B
W
1
15A HAZ–RADIO
W
2
W
E7
2
8
4
AM1
2
6
EB1
W–R
W–R
AM2
7.5A AM2
B
1
TAIL
Relay
2
E7
B
2
B
4
STARTER Relay
1
3
2
4
I8
Ignition SW
4
B–W
2
3
1
1
W–B
2
3
1
G
15A TAIL
B–W
G
1
2
20A DEFOG
B–Y
2
1
W–R
1
B
2
2
W–B
2
G–W
B
INJECTION Relay
1
3
IG1
2
ACC
B–O
IG2
B
2
B
R
1
1
W
I2
50A MAIN
E7
E7
W–L
1
W
Battery
3 EA2 1 EA1
W
2
1
1
W
W
E6
15A RAD CIG
B–Y
1
∗
P–L
1
The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
9
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
K CONNECTOR LIST
I14
I15
Dark Gray
Gray
1
1
2
[A]
I16
J1
J2
Black
2
A
A
1 2
A
A
A
A B B
D D
A A B CC CD D
A
6 7 8
[B]
J3
J4
K1
K2
L1
1 2
1 2
Dark Gray
A
A A
A A A A A
A B B
DD
A A B CC CDD
L2
L3
L4
M1
M2
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 101112
1
2
3 45 6 78
M3
1
2
1
1 2
3 4
2
M4
[D]
N1
Gray
1 2 3
[C]
Black
Gray
1
1
1
7
5
6
2 3 4
8 9 10
N2
O1
O2
Gray
Black
Dark Gray
1
2
1
1
[A] : Indicates connector to be connected to a part. (The numeral indicates the pin No.)
[B] : Junction Connector
Indicates a connector which is connected to a short terminal.
Junction Connector
Junction connector in this manual include a short terminal which is
connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform
inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the
wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position
within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles,
the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire
harness from a different part.)
Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the
same color.
Same Color
Short Terminal
[C] : Parts Code
The first letter of the code is taken from the first letter of part, and the numbers indicates its order in parts which
start with the same letter.
[D] : Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
10
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS
Code
Part Name
Part Number
Code
D4
Part Name
Diode (Courtesy)
Part Number
A1
A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
90980–11070
A2
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
90980–11237
D5
Diode (Interior Light)
90980–10962
A3
A/C Condenser Fan Relay
90980–10940
D6
Diode (Moon Roof)
90980–11608
90980–10848
A4
A/C Condenser Fan Resistor
90980–10928
D7
Door Lock Control Relay
A5
A/C Magnetic Clutch
90980–11271
D8
Door Lock Control SW LH
A6
A/T Oil Temp. Sensor
90980–11413
D9
Door Lock Control SW RH
90980–11608
90980–11148
ABS Actuator
[B]
90980–11151
[C]
D10
Door Courtesy SW LH
A8
ABS Actuator
90980–11009
D11
Door Courtesy SW RH
A9
ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
90980–10941
D12
Door Courtesy SW Front LH
A10
ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
90980–11002
D13
Door Courtesy SW Front RH
A11
Airbag Sensor Front LH
D14
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
A12
Airbag Sensor Front RH
A13
Airbag Squib
A7
[A]
90980–11097
90980–11156
90980–11856
D15
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
90980–11194
D16
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
90980–11070
D17
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
90980–11170
[A] : Part Code
[B] : Part Name
[C] : Part Number
Toyota Part Number are indicated.
Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of ordering a connector
or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts Catalog News” (published by
Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).
11
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
C TROUBLESHOOTING
To Ignition SW
IG Terminal
Fuse
[A]
SW 1
Voltmeter
[B]
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check
point.
Example:
[A] – Ignition SW on
[B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on
[C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground
point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the
connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.
Relay
[C]
Solenoid
SW 2
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage
between the check points.
(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check
points.
Ohmmeter
SW
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
Ohmmeter
Diode
(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
Digital Type
Analog Type
12
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
C
To Ignition SW
IG Terminal
Test Light
Fuse Case
Short [A]
SW 1
Short [B]
Disconnect
Disconnect
Light
(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
[A] – Ignition SW on
[B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on
[C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the
test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test light
stays lit and the connector where the light goes out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the
problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
Relay
Short [C]
Disconnect
SW 2
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,
the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of
the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or
clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads
from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).
Solenoid
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not
the wire harness.
HINT : Check to see what kind of connector you are
disconnecting before pulling apart.
Pull Up
Pull Up
Press Down
Press Down
13
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
C TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)
Reference:
1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
10
3
1
HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown on
the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
1
Example:
(Case 1)
0.2
(mm)
Up
Tool
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR
TERMINAL RETAINER.
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal
locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from
the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary
locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
Terminal Retainer
[A]
Terminal Retainer
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the
connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so
check the position before inserting it.
[Retainer at Full Lock Position]
Stopper
”Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock
position.
Terminal
Retainer
[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]
Example:
(Case 2)
Secondary
Locking Device
”Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
14
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
C
Tool
Tab
Tab
Example:
(Case 1)
[B]
Terminal
Retainer
Tool
[Male]
Access Hole
(
Mark)
Tool
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT : Terminal retainer color is different
according to connector body.
Example:
Terminal Retainer
Black or White
Black or White
Gray or White
: Connector Body
: Gray
: Dark Gray
: Black
[Female]
”Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled
up to the temporary lock position (Pull
Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole (Mark) and pull
the terminal retainer up to the
temporary lock position.
HINT : The needle insertion position varies
according to the connector’s shape
(Number of terminals etc.), so check
the position before inserting it.
Retainer
at Full Lock Position
Retainer
at Temporary Lock Position
[Male]
Example:
(Case 2)
[Female]
”Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock insert the tool straight into
the access hole of terminal retainer as
shown.
Terminal Retainer
Tool
Tool
[Male]
Press Down
Press Down
[Female]
15
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
C TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.
Retainer at
Full Lock Position
Retainer at
Temporary Lock Position
[Male]
[Female]
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out
from rear.
Locking Lug
Tool
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock
position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to
the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
16
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
ABBREVIATIONS D
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
2WD
4WD
A/C
A/T
ABS
ACIS
ADD
BA
COMB.
DAC
DIFF.
DVD
EC
ECU
ESA
ETCS–i
EVAP
INT
J/B
LH
MPX
O/D
R/B
RH
SFI
SPEC.
SRS
SW
TEMP.
TRAC
TVIP
VSC
VSV
VVT
w/
w/o
Two Wheel Drive Vehicles
Four Wheel Drive Vehicles
Air Conditioning
Automatic Transmission
Anti–Lock Brake System
Acoustic Control Induction System
Automatic Disconnecting Differential
Brake Assist
Combination
Downhill Assist Control
Differential
Digital Versatile Disc
Electrochromic
Electronic Control Unit
Electronic Spark Advance
Electronic Throttle Control System–intelligent
Evaporative Emission
Intermittent
Junction Block
Left–Hand
Multiplex
Overdrive
Relay Block
Right–Hand
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
Specification
Supplemental Restraint System
Switch
Temperature
Traction Control
TOYOTA Vehicle Intrusion Protection
Vehicle Skid Control
Vacuum Switching Valve
Variable Valve Timing
With
Without
∗ The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being
abbreviations.
17
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches to
the Body, thereby providing a return
path for an electrical circuit; without a
ground, current cannot flow.
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
HEADLIGHTS
Current flow causes a headlight
1. SINGLE
filament to heat up and emit light. A
FILAMENT
headlight may have either a single
(1) filament or a double (2) filament
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it.
Some units automatically reset when
cool, others must be manually reset.
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
IGNITION COIL
Converts low–voltage DC current
into high–voltage ignition current for
firing the spark plugs.
DIODE, ZENER
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up and
emit light.
A diode which allows current flow in one
direction but blocks reverse flow only up
to a specific voltage. Above that potential,
it passes the excess voltage. This acts as
a simple voltage regulator.
PHOTODIODE
The photodiode is a semiconductor
which controls the current flow
according to the amount of light.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes emit
light without producing the heat of a
comparable light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high–voltage current from
the ignition coil to the individual
spark plugs.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to move,
thereby providing a relative display
against a background calibration.
FUSE
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or many
LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
displays, which provide a relative or
digital display.
A thin metal strip which burns through
when too much current flows through it,
thereby stopping current flow and
protecting a circuit from damage.
FUEL
FUSIBLE LINK
(for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link)
A heavy–gauge wire placed in high
amperage circuits which burns through on
overloads, thereby protecting the circuit.
The numbers indicate the crosssection
surface area of the wires.
M
18
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
E
RELAY
Basically, an electrically operated
1. NORMALLY switch which may be normally
CLOSED closed (1) or open (2).
Current flow through a small coil
creates a magnetic field which either
opens or closes an attached switch.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device which
creates sound waves from current
flow.
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
Opens and closes
circuits,
i it thereby
th b
stopping (1) or
allowing (2) current
flow.
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a fixed
resistance, placed in a circuit to
reduce voltage to a specific value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously passes
current through one set of contacts
or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH, IGNITION
A key operated switch with several
positions which allows various
circuits, particularly the primary
ignition circuit, to become
operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a variable
rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its resistance
with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to the
stop position when the wiper switch
is turned off.
SENSOR, SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a signal
for activation of other components.
TRANSISTOR
A solidstate device typically used as
an electronic relay; stops or passes
current depending on the voltage
applied at ”base”.
(Reed Switch Type)
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a junction block.
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which forms
a magnetic field when current flows,
to move a plunger, etc.
WIRES
Wires are always drawn as
(1) NOT
straight lines on wiring
CONNECTED diagrams.
Crossed wires (1) without a
black dot at the junction
are
j
nott joined;
j i d
crossed wires (2) with a
black dot or octagonal ( )
(2) SPLICED
mark at the junction are
spliced (joined)
connections.
19
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
7. 5A
ACC
15A
A/F HEATER
20A
EFI
2
8 1K
AM1
IG1
2
L
P
ACC
2
2
J4
Junction
Connector
F 3E
B
F 3E
IG2 6
L
B
B
B–R
B–O
B–W
B–O
L
B
P
I18
Ignition SW
L
B–R
L
5 IC3
W–G
R
P
ST2
B–R
W–G
7 AM2
W–G
4
1
5
1
3
2
2
2
1
5
2
3
2
2
5
1
3
2
B
2
2
EFI Relay
3
2
C/OPN Relay
2
A/F HEATER Relay
ACC CUT Relay
2
2
2
2
B
E6
GR–B
B
2
2
GR–B
2
W–B
W
2
B–W
2
W–G
R
GR
2
W–B
30A AM2
2
C1 IC4
C3 IC4
C15 IC4
GR–B
B
B
1
B
B
B
Battery
J2
Junction
Connector
W
B
2
GR–B
4 IM1
W–B
B
B
W
W–G
EB
86
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
1
5
19 IM2
A B
BO
B A
B A
B–Y
8 E
9 B
IGSW
FPR
4
A B
B
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
STAR
16 A
10 E
FC
14 A
B B
5 IM2
B A
NSW
17 A
ACCR
1 E
+B
A B
A B
C A
C A
R–G
P
3 E
R–G
C
MREL
B
BATT
B
P
C4 IC4
B
W–G
W–G
L
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
STA Relay
N
D
A
A
D
A
2 E
+B1
16 IC3
1
A A
2
J28
Junction
Connector
B–Y
D
B–Y
5 IM1
P
B–R
B
L
L
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
11 1J
33 A
W–G
B–O
W–G
23 1E
9 E
GR–B
10A
IGN
Y–B
C
B–O
3 1H
P
V10
VSV (Canister Closed Valve)
M
B–R
W–G
R–G
2
W–G
2 IB1
6 1D
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
2
B–R
B–O
B–O
D5 IC4
B–R
B–O
B–O
B–W
B–O
I1
J 8(A)
Junction
Connector
5
B–O
2
F14
Fuel Pump
2
B–R
4
J4
Junction
Connector
3
W–B
FUEL PUMP
Relay
B–W
W–B
W–B
B–R
2
B–R
1
B–Y
Y–B
2
F8
Fuel Pump
Resistor
Y–B
2
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
Y–B
B–R
B–R
6
9
C17 IC4
STA
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
27 A
CCV
17 IM2
C3 IE1
GR–B
B
1 IB2
B
W
W
W–G
B
BL
87
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B–R
E8
B–R
E8
B–R
B–R
E8
E8
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
B–R
E8
1
1
1
L–Y
1
1
R
G
Y
L
L–Y
G–Y
L–B
L–W
L–R
D
1
4 IM2
J27
Junction
Connector
B
D
2
C2
Camshaft Timing Oil
Control Valve LH
1
R–L
R–L
1
2
C3
Camshaft Timing Oil
Control Valve RH
B–R
2
I14
Injector No. 6
B–R
2
I13
Injector No. 5
B–R
2
I12
Injector No. 4
B–R
2
I11
Injector No. 3
B–R
2
I10
Injector No. 2
B–R
2
I9
Injector No. 1
Combination Meter
2 1K
3 A
4 A
5 A
3 B
12 C
16 C
15 C
14 C
13 C
R–L
D
2 A
1 A
# 20
# 10
#30
# 40
# 50
STSW
#60
OC1+
OC1–
OC2+
OC2–
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
M+
M–
3 C
2 C
2
THW
GE01
17 C
VG
E2G
THA
19 A
30 A
29 A
20 A
1
2
R–Y
R–W
R–B
3
2
4
E2G
THA
B
M–
E2
L–R
BR
10 BC2
8 BC2
16 BC2
BR
2
3
1
PTNK
VCC
GND
T2
Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
VG
1
3
BR
E8
BR
E8
BR
E2
+B
5
1
B
M+
BR
4
VTA2
A17 IE1
L–R
IE1
O
A16
O
A10 IE1
6
VTA1
BR
O
L–R
VC
M1
Mass Air
Flow Meter
5
BR
22 IM2
BR
7 IM2
E2
Engine Coolant
Temp. Sensor
L–R
BR
B
(* 1)
B
L–R
G–W
J27
Junction
Connector
G–B
O
L–R
31 A
B–L
VTA2
VTA1
21 A
L
VC
18 A
P
PTNK
21 E
BR
E8
V8
Vapor Pressure Sensor
W
B
W
12
IM1
88
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
E13
B
B
E13
W
B
2
BR
E8
W
E13
23 B
31 B
4 B
B–W
1
A
A
3
4
AF+
AF–
2
+B
1
HT
I9
A
IGT4
22 B
AFR+
30 B
2
+B
B
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
AFR–
5 B
3
4
AF+
AF–
1
HT
L
W–R
B–Y
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
IGT5
HAFR
B
MG CLT Relay
I6
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 6
I5
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 5
I4
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 4
I3
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 3
E9
23 C
8 A
9 A
10 A
11 A
12 A
13 A
IGT6
24 A
IGF
2 D
29 B
OX2B
33 B
3
OX
1
BR
BR
E13
HT
2
+B
4
E1
BR
E8
H8
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 2)
GR
3
W–R
L
HAFL
E9
B
LG–B
W–R
2
I2
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 2
W–R
W–R
(* 1)
AFL–
R–L
AFL+
E9
A12
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
IGT3
L
LG
3
P
IGT2
(* 1)
P–L
3
W–R
BR
1
E2
E9
B
2
W–R
A13
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
IGT1
BR
Y–R
I1
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 1
A/C Lock Sensor
3
Y
R–Y
E9
W
28 A
BR
EVP1
(* 1)
34 A
G–Y
ACIS
W
V2
VSV (EVAP)
15 A
W–L
LCKI
BR
B
B
V1
VSV (ACIS)
* 1 : Shielded
W–R
ACMG
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
HT2B
BR
(* 1)
BR
J27
Junction
Connector
W
B
89
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
10A
ETCS
2
A32
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
A24
Accel Position Sensor
10A
STOP
2
2
2
G–W
G–Y
GSW2
B 3C
EP2
5
2
R–B
B–Y
W–L
LG–B
V–W
B 3C
H A
G–Y
1
C5 IC4
GR
22 E
23 E
26 E
27 E
28 E
29 E
14 E
6 D
VPA
VPA2
VCPA
VCP2
EPA
EPA2
F/PS
E
E
E B
G–Y
L
IL1
V–W
2
LG–B
8 IC3
W–L
C11 IC4
B–Y
9 IC3
R–B
A8 IC4
W–R
C13 IC4
J4
Junction
Connector
15 IC3
C16 IC4
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
EP1
1
2
G–Y
VCP2
4
S12
Stop Light SW
VCP1
3
GR
VPA2
6
L
VPA1
W–R
23
G–Y
19 D
+BM
STP
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
NE–
VV1+
24 C
27 C
NE+
VV2+
25 C
26 C
(* 1)
W
BR
E1
1 C
G
HT1B
25 B
W
OX1B
21 B
I9
BR
(* 1)
BR
I9
BR
J28
Junction
Connector
F
BR
F
Y
L
(* 1)
B
W
(* 1)
G
R
2
B
BR
2
2
1
V3
VVT Sensor LH
+B
1
BR
E1
4
I9
C4
Crankshaft
Position Sensor
HT
V4
VVT Sensor
RH
1
OX
H6
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
3
(* 1)
(* 1)
2
1
I9
I9
C
C
BR
BR
C
BR
BR
F
BR
BR
B
J27
Junction
Connector
EE
90
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
* 1 : Shielded
A11
ADD Actuator
1
ADD
10A
TAIL
30A
DEFOG
GR–R
3
2
S 8(B), S 9(C)
Skid Control ECU
GR
F 9(A), F10(B)
4WD Control ECU
2
16 B
SP1
G
Y–G
5 1L
B
L4
J16
Junction
Connector
C10 IC4
ADD
ENG+
14 C
ENG–
TRC+
22 C
24 C
TRC–
16 C
B
Y
17 E
24 E
30 E
25 E
31 E
E
4 D
8 B
L4
ELS
W
12 E
ELS2
R
13 E
E
P
Y–G
D B
G
I B
H B
W–L
D 3D
E
GR
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
(4WD)
I A
GR
GR
W–L
H B
D A
6 EC1
(4WD)
D 3D
J28
Junction
Connector
D
J30(B)
Junction
Connector
G
D
Y–G
J22
Junction
Connector
B
G
NEO
7 C
18 B
Y–G
24 A
NEO
4WD
ENG+
ENG–
TRC+
TRC–
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
KNK2
KNK1
1 B
EKNK
THWO
28 B
14 D
H B
ACLD
33 D
THE
32 D
A/CS
31 D
E01
7 A
E02
6 A
E03
7 C
ME01
4 C
E04
7 B
E05
6 B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR–B
GR–G
B–R
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
(* 1)
B
(* 1)
G
R
E A
E10
BR
L–B
(* 1)
L–B
2 B
W
EKN2
20 B
4
IK1
2
IK1
3
IK1
C 3D
1 ED1
2 ED1
5 ED1
B–R
GR–G
BR–B
L–B
W
(* 1)
B
C 3D
BR
4 ED1
G
18 A
7 B
17 B
E11
1
2
K1
Knock Sensor
1
2
K2
Knock Sensor
2
R
(* 1)
6 ED1
7 A
TWI
ACLD
THE
ACS
1
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
EF
EE
91
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
GR–R
7. 5A
OBD
2
T8
Transponder Key
Computer
2
R–Y
EFII
6
7
P–L
O
EFIO
15
WFSE
WFSE
H
G
H
G
O
19 E
TC
R–Y
20 E
SIL
A 3A
R–Y
18 E
IMO
R–W
R–W
26 D
IMI
P–L
27 D
A B
R–Y
H B
C 3C
P–L
E A
C14 IC4
J18
Junction
Connector
P–L
P–L
F A
A 3A
R–W
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
R–Y
J35(A), J36(B)
Junction
Connector
L–R
W–R
C 3C
13
7
16
TC
SIL
BATT
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
TAC
9
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1D
1E
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
(
Finish Panel))
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
1G
1H
1J
1K
1L
3A
3C
3D
3E
94
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EC1
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)
ED1
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block)
48
Floor No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IK1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Upper Side of the Glove Box)
IL1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Upper Side of the Glove Box)
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
54
Frame Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Rear LH Seat)
IB1
IB2
IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
BC2
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EB
46 (1GR–FE)
Front Left Fender
EE
46 (1GR–FE)
Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block
EF
46 (1GR–FE)
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
: Splice Points
Code
E6
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine Room Main Wire
46 ((1GR–FE))
Engine
g
Wire
E8
E9
E10
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
E11
46 (1GR–FE)
Sensor Wire
E13
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine Wire
I1
50
Engine Room Main Wire
I9
50
Engine Wire
95
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
[Body]
20
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F
[Instrument Panel]
21
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
2
: Engine Room R/B
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 20)
22
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F
3
: Engine Room R/B No.3 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 20)
4
: Engine Room R/B No.4 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 20)
23
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
: Driver Side J/B
Lower Finish Panel (See Page 21)
24
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F
25
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit]
26
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F
27
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
: Center J/B
Instrument Panel Brace RH (See Page 21)
28
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
29
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Center J/B Inner Circuit]
30
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
F
31
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[2UZ–FE]
A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
A 2 A/C Lock Sensor
A/C Magnetic Clutch
A 4 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 5 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 6 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 7 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 8 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
A 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
A 14 Airbag Sensor Front LH
A 15 Airbag Sensor Front RH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Front Fog Light LH
Front Fog Light RH
Front Parking Light LH
Front Parking Light RH
Front Turn Signal Light LH
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Front Wiper Motor
Fuel Pump Resistor
G 1 Generator
G 2 Generator
C 1 Camshaft Position Sensor
C 4 Crankshaft Position Sensor
E 1 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
E 2 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
E 3 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.3
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.4
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.5
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.6
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.7
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.8
Injector No.1
Injector No.2
Injector No.3
Injector No.4
Injector No.5
Injector No.6
Injector No.7
Injector No.8
N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition No.1)
N 2 Noise Filter (Ignition No.2)
O 1 Oil Pressure SW
P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW
P 3 Pressure SW
S 2 Starter
S 3 Starter
T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn
T 2 Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
T 3 Transfer Shift Actuator
T 4 Turbine Speed Sensor
V 2 VSV (EVAP)
V 11 Vehicle Speed Sensor
(Electronically Controlled Transmission)
K 1 Knock Sensor 1
K 2 Knock Sensor 2
W 1 Washer Level Sensor
W 2 Washer Motor
W 3 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer
M 1 Mass Air Flow Meter
33
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[1GR–FE]
A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
A 2 A/C Lock Sensor
A/C Magnetic Clutch
A 3 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
A 4 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 5 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 6 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 7 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 8 ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
A 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
A 11 ADD Actuator
A 12 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A 13 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A 14 Airbag Sensor Front LH
A 15 Airbag Sensor Front RH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Front Fog Light LH
Front Fog Light RH
Front Parking Light LH
Front Parking Light RH
Front Turn Signal Light LH
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Front Wiper Motor
Fuel Pump Resistor
G 1 Generator
G 2 Generator
H 1
H 2
H 3
H 4
H 6
H 8
H 9
H10
C 2 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve LH
C 3 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve RH
C 4 Crankshaft Position Sensor
E 1 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
E 2 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
E 3 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
34
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[1GR–FE]
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.3
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.4
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.5
Ignition Coil and Igniter No.6
Injector No.1
Injector No.2
Injector No.3
Injector No.4
Injector No.5
Injector No.6
J 1 Junction Connector
J 2 Junction Connector
J 3 Junction Connector
K 1 Knock Sensor 1
K 2 Knock Sensor 2
M 1 Mass Air Flow Meter
N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition No.1)
P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW
P 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW
P 3 Pressure SW
S 2 Starter
S 3 Starter
T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn
T 2 Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
T 3 Transfer Shift Actuator
T 4 Turbine Speed Sensor
V 1
V 2
V 3
V 4
V 11
W 1 Washer Level Sensor
W 2 Washer Motor
W 3 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer
O 1 Oil Pressure SW
35
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 16
A 17
A 18
A 19
A 20
A 21
A 22
A 23
A 24
A 25
A 26
A 27
A 28
A 29
A 30
A 31
A 32
A 33
A 34
A 35
A 36
A 37
A 38
A 39
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor
A/C Room Temp. Sensor
A/C Solar Sensor
A/C Solar Sensor
A/T Shift Lever Illumination
Absorber Control SW
Accel Position Sensor
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor
Air Mix Control Servo Motor
Air Mix Control Servo Motor LH
Air Mix Control Servo Motor RH
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)
Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)
Antenna Amplifier
Ashtray Illumination
Automatic Light Control Sensor
B
B
B
B
B
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
Back Door Power Window Control SW
Blower Motor
Blower Motor Controller
Body ECU
Body ECU
Body ECU
36
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
C 5
C 6
C 7
C 8
C 9
C10
C 11
C12
C13
C14
C15
Center Speaker
Cigarette Lighter
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination SW
Combination SW
Combination SW
Cup Holder Illumination
D 1 Data Link Connector 3
D 2 Daytime Running Light Relay
Turn Signal Flasher Relay
D 3 Defogger SW
Heater Control Panel
Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light
Security Indicator Light
D 4 Diff. Lock SW
D 5 Downhill Assist Control SW
D 6 DVD Automatic Changer
E
E
E
E
E
4
5
6
7
8
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
F 9 4WD Control ECU
F 10 4WD Control ECU
F 11 4WD Control SW
G 3 Glove Box Light
H 11 Hazard SW
H12 Height Control SW
I 17 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
Transponder Key Amplifier
I 18 Ignition SW
37
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
K 3 Key Interlock Solenoid
Unlock Warning SW
M 2 Main SW
O 2 ODO/Trip SW
Turn Signal Indicator Light
P 4 Parking Brake SW
P 5 Power Outlet (115V)
P 6 Power Outlet (Front)
R 1
R 2
R 3
R 4
R 5
R 6
R 7
R 8
R 9
R10
R 11
R12
R13
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player with Display
Radio and Player with Display
Radio and Player with Display
Radio and Player with Display
Radio and Player with Display
Radio and Player with Display
Radio and Player with Display
Rheostat
S 4 Seat Heater SW LH
S 5 Seat Heater SW RH
S 6 Shift Lock Control ECU
Transmission Control SW
S 7 Skid Control ECU
S 8 Skid Control ECU
S 9 Skid Control ECU
S 10 Skid Control ECU
S 11 Steering Sensor
S 12 Stop Light SW
S 13 Suspension Control ECU
S 14 Suspension Control ECU
S 15 Suspension Control ECU
T
T
T
T
T
5
6
7
8
9
Theft Deterrent ECU
Towing Brake Controller
TRAC Off SW
Transponder Key Computer
Turn Signal Flasher Relay
V 5 VSC Warning Buzzer
Y 1 Yaw Rate Sensor
39
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
A 40 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
A 41 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
B 7 Back Door Courtesy SW
Back Door Half Latch SW
Back Door Lock Detection SW
Back Door Lock Motor
B 8 Back Door ECU
B 9 Back Door ECU
B 10 Back Door Opener SW
License Plate Light
B 11 Back Door Power Window Motor
C16 Curtain Shield Airbag Squib LH
C17 Curtain Shield Airbag Squib RH
D 7
D 8
D 9
D10
D 11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
Door Control Receiver
Door Courtesy Light Front LH
Door Courtesy Light Front RH
Door Courtesy Light Rear LH
Door Courtesy Light Rear RH
Door Courtesy SW Front LH
Door Courtesy SW Front RH
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Door Lock Detection SW Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
D17 Door Lock Control SW Front LH
Power Window Master SW
D18 Door Lock Control SW Front RH
D19 Door Lock Detection SW Front RH
Door Lock Motor Front RH
D20 Door Lock Detection SW Rear LH
Door Lock Motor Rear LH
D21 Door Lock Detection SW Rear RH
Door Lock Motor Rear RH
D22 Door Speaker Front LH
D23 Door Speaker Front RH
F 12 Foot Light LH
F 13 Foot Light RH
F 14 Fuel Pump
Fuel Sender
H13
H14
H15
H16
H17
H18
Height Control Compressor
Height Control Motor
Height Control Sensor Rear LH
Height Control Sensor Rear RH
Height Control Valve
High Mounted Stop Light
I 19 Inner Mirror
I 20 Interior Light
J 38
J 39
J 40
J 41
J 42
L 1 Low Pressure Tank Valve
L 2 Luggage Compartment Light
40
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Position of Parts in Body
M 3 Mirror Heater LH
Remote Control Mirror LH
M 4 Mirror Heater RH
Remote Control Mirror RH
M 5 Moon Roof Control ECU
R21 Rear Window Defogger
R22 Rear Window Defogger
R23 Rear Wiper Motor
Rear Wiper Position SW
R24 Remote Control Mirror SW
N 3 Navigation ECU
N 4 Navigation ECU
S 16
S 17
S 18
S 19
S 20
S 21
S 22
S 23
Side Airbag Sensor Front LH
Side Airbag Sensor Front RH
Side Airbag Sensor Rear LH
Side Airbag Sensor Rear RH
Squawker LH
Squawker RH
Stereo Component Amplifier
Stereo Component Amplifier
T 10
T 11
T 12
T 13
T 14
T 15
Tailgate Control SW
Television Camera
Tension Reducer Solenoid LH
Tension Reducer Solenoid RH
Towing Converter Relay
Trailer Socket
P 7 Moon Roof Control SW
Personal Light
P 8 Power Outlet (Rear)
P 9 Power Window Control SW Front RH
P 10 Power Window Control SW Rear LH
P 11 Power Window Control SW Rear RH
P 12 Power Window Motor Front LH
P 13 Power Window Motor Front RH
P 14 Power Window Motor Rear LH
P 15 Power Window Motor Rear RH
P 16 Pretensioner LH
P 17 Pretensioner RH
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
L 3 Lumbar Support Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
P 18
P 19
P 20
P 21
P 22
P 23
P 24
P 25
P 26
Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lifter Control)
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support Control)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control)
Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)
42
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
43
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[2UZ–FE]
: Location of Splice Points
44
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
EA1
1 2 3
4 5 6
EB1
Gray
3 2 1
6 5 4
1 2 3
4 5 6
Gray
3 2 1
6 5 4
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
EB1
Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Wire (Near the Starter)
45
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[1GR–FE]
: Location of Splice Points
46
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
EA1
1 2
3 4
EC1
Gray
2 1
4 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
ED1
Gray
3 2 1
6 5 4
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
EC1
Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)
ED1
Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block)
1 2 3
4 5 6
Dark Gray
3 2 1
6 5 4
47
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
48
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IA1
IA2
IB1
IB2
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
Floor No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1
IC2
IC3
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC4
ID1
Radio Installation Sub Assy Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
49
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
50
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF1
Instrument Panel Wire and Relay Wire (Behind the Instrument Panel J/B)
IG1
Instrument Panel No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IH1
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Upper Side of the Glove Box)
IL1
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Upper Side of the Glove Box)
51
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
52
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IM1
IM2
IN1
IN2
IO1
IO2
IP1
IP2
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IQ1
Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IR1
Instrument Panel Wire and Cigarette Wire (Rear Console)
IS1
Instrument Panel Wire and Console Box Wire (Rear Console)
53
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
54
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
BA1
Rear Door No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1
Rear Door No.1 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Center Pillar)
BC1
BC2
BD1
BD2
Frame Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Under the Rear LH Seat)
Back Door No.1
No 1 Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)
BE1
Frame Wire and Skid Control Sensor Wire (Right Side of No.5 Crossmember)
BF1
Frame No.3 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
BG1
Floor No.2 Wire and Frame No.3 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
BH1
Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Left Side of Back Door)
55
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Source
10A MIR HEATER
B–R
1
2
2
B–L
2
30A DEFOG
1
2
Y–G
2
DEFOG Relay
B–R
W–B
2
2
2
1
3
5
R
R
2
1
2
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
GR
10A AIRSUS NO. 2
2
L–Y
2
4
BR–Y
4
1
5
3
1
2
4
4
L–B
W–B
AIR SUS Relay
30A BATT CHG
B–Y
2
50A AIR SUS
30A TOWING BRK
2
R
50A HEATER
2
1
B
2
L–Y
Y–R
50A AM1
1
1
2
W–L
2
50A J/B
1
2
2
1
1C
L–W
10A SECU/HORN
30A P P/SEAT
40A TOWING
1
2
2
L
30A D P/SEAT
10A STOP
1
1
2
2
G–W
15A AC115V INV
1
2
2
5
3
1
2
10A TAIL
V
TAIL Relay
15A FR FOG
1
2
30A POWER
2
2
LG
15A PWR OUTLET
140A ALT
1
2
1
2
2
O
B
2
7. 5A OBD
2
5
3
1
2
2
2
2
B–Y
2
1
W–B
Y–R
Battery
B
2
25A SEAT HEATER
IG Relay
58
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
2
LG
W–G
R
2
2
HEATER Relay
1
2
5
3
L
2
7. 5A HEATER NO. 2
B–Y
2
4
1
2
2
2
G–Y
W–B
2
I18
Ignition SW
W–L
ACC 3
W–G
W–L
2 AM1
IG1 4
L–Y
R
7 AM2
IG2 6
B–R
ST2 8
G–B
30A AM2
1
2
2
40A ABS MTR
2
1
2
Y–B
50A ABS SOL
1
2
2
Y
Short Pin
1
2
2
W
W
L
L
20A EFI
1
7. 5A ALT–S
2
2
10A ETCS
1
1
10A HORN
W–G
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
GR
10A HEAD(HI RH)
2
2
G–W
1
20A TOWING
1
1
1
1
15A TRN–HAZ
B–Y
2
20A DR/LCK
15A A/F HEATER
B–R
2
2
2
R–W
10A HEAD(HI LH)
2
2
GR
2
20A RADIO NO. 2
2
1
2
2
R–L
10A HEAD(LO RH)
2
R–B
W
2
W–L
1
2
2
R–B
10A HEAD(LO LH)
HEAD Relay
5
3
1
2
R–B
2
2
2
1
2
2
R–Y
W
59
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Source
7. 5A ACC
W–G
5
1D
10A CIG
15A IG1
10A ECU–IG
15A RR WSH
20A 4WD
W–G
2
1C
L–Y
30A FR WIP–WSH
10A IGN
6
1D
B–R
7. 5A GAUGE
10A SRS
G–B
3
1D
7. 5A STA NO. 2
10A DOME
1
2
R
2
20A RADIO NO. 1
W
1
2
2
L–Y
2
10A ECU–B
L
1
2
W–R
2
EFI Relay
W–G
L
2
2
1
5
2
3
2
2
W–B
10A EFI NO. 2
B
(2UZ–FE)
60
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
1
2
2
L–W
(2UZ–FE)
Service Hints
HEAD Relay
5–3 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with engine running and parking brake lever released (w/ daytime running light)
I18 Ignition SW
2–3 : Closed with ignition key at ACC or ON position
2–4 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position
7–6 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position
7–8 : Closed with ignition key at ST position
TAIL Relay
3–5 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
I18
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
37
: Relay Blocks
Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
2
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
4
23
Engine Room R/B No.4 (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1C
1D
See Page
24
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
61
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Starting
*
*
*
*
7 AM2
1:
2:
3:
4:
2UZ–FE
1GR–FE
1GR–FE Cold Area Spec.
1GR–FE Except Cold Area Spec.
IG2
G–B
G–B
ST2 8
I18
Ignition SW
R
3 1D
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
R
E6
2
G
2
B–Y
2
2
L–Y
D (* 1)
A (* 2)
B B
P
N
6 IM2 (*1)
4 IM2 (*2)
9
P
6 EA1 (* 1)
4 EA1 (* 2)
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction
Connector
1
2
D
A
6
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
30A
AM2
Combination Meter
Y–G
W–B
2
D (*1)
A (*2)
B–Y
J35
Junction
Connector
3
B–Y
G
B–Y
G
J28
Junction
Connector
B–Y
11 IM1
1
STA Relay
5
D2 IC4
B–Y
2
B–Y
R
2
B–Y
R
B–Y
2 1K
B
A (* 1)
D (* 2)
A
D
1 B
B–L
L–Y
J28
Junction
Connector
(*2)
Y
(*1)
Y–G
B A
A (*1)
D (*2)
B–Y
W
(* 4)
1
A
P
(* 1)
P
B–R
W–B
(* 3)
16 A
9 B
17 A
M
S 2(A), S 3(B)
Starter
NSW
STAR
Battery
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C)
Engine Control Module
EB
62
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
STA
12 C
STSW
Service Hints
I18 Ignition SW
7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
S2 (A), S3 (B) Starter
Points closed with the shift lever at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1D
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1H
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IM1
See Page
52
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
: Ground Points
Code
EF
See Page
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
: Splice Points
Code
E5
E9
See Page
46 (1GR–FE)
(1GR FE)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Wire
Code
E12
See Page
46 (1GR–FE)
70
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Wire
Memo
71
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Charging
W–L
2 AM1
IG1 4
B–R
L–Y
ACC
L–Y
6 1D
7 AM2
IG2 6
2 1C
7. 5A
GAUGE
B–R
15A
IG1
R
4 1G
I18
Ignition SW
2
B4
Body ECU
2
Y–R
R–L
GR
1
2
E
8 D
A A
A A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
GR
G B
2
D6 IC4
W
R
D
GR
B
G A
D
Y–R
GR
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
140A ALT
E B
1
E
Y–R
C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
L
14
Charge
50A AM1
15 C
J1
Junction
Connector
2
20 1E
J1
Junction
Connector
W
W–L
ST2
2
GR
2
2
2 EA1
1 EA1
3 EA1 (2UZ–FE)
2 EA1 (1GR–FE)
5 EA1
3 EA1
Y–R
Y–R
1
GR
1
W
30A AM2
7. 5A ALT–S
2
1 B 4 B 2 B
2
L
1 A
IG
B
S
Battery
IC Regulator
G 1(A), G 2(B)
Generator
72
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
W
2
Service Hints
G2 (B) Generator
(B) 1–Ground : 13.2–14.0 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115°C (239°F)
(B) 4–Ground : 0–4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the engine not running
: Parts Location
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Engine No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
73
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A
ACC
20A
EFI
2
IG1
F 3E
2
L
L
ACC
P
8 1K
AM1
W–G
ST1
W–G
L
F 3E
B–R
B–O
B
B–W
P
I18
Ignition SW
B–O
L
5 IC3
W–G
R
P
ST2
B–R
L
IG2 6
L
7 AM2
2
2
4
1
2
1
5
2
3
2
2
5
1
3
2
B
ACC CUT
Relay
EFI Relay
3
2
C/OPN Relay
2
2
2
B
B
B
E6
2
GR–B
2
B–W
2
W–G
R
GR
2
B
2
GR–B
2
2
W–B
30A AM2
1
10A
EFI
NO. 2
C3 IC4
C15 IC4
B
2
2
B
A
A
L–W
Battery
A
W–B
17 IC3
EB
74
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
L–W
B
J4
Junction
Connector
J2
Junction
Connector
B
L–W
2
GR–B
1
GR–B
B
L–W
L–W
1
EA1
3
EB1
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
J28
Junction
Connector
W–G
L
B–R
B–W
A
D
16 IC3
I2
B–O
W–G
B–R
D
A
B–W
C4 IC4
C17 IC4
B–Y
9
L
B–R
STA Relay
N
B–Y
W–G
P
W–G
W–G
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
6
P
A
D
5 IM2
L
W–G
W–G
P
P
B–Y
3 E
8 E
15 A
16 A
9 B
17 A
BATT
10A
IGN
B–O
G–R
GR–B
+B2
2 E
STAR
STA
B–O
M
A B
R–G
17 IM2
R–G
W–B
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
A B
A B
1
2
B
W–B
W–B
A A
V10
VSV (Canister Closed Valve)
C3 IE1
5
19 IM2
CCV
27 A
R–G
B
A B
C A
B–O
F14
Fuel Pump
F8
Fuel Pump
Resistor
G–R
B A
4
1
G–R
+B
1 E
B
B–O
J 8(A)
Junction
Connector
B A
2
FC
10 E
B B
B A
B–R
B–R
NSW
11 1J
B–O
2
IB1
B–R
I1
D5 IC4
23 1E
FPR
33 A
B–O
2
B–R
2
B–Y
G–R
2
IGSW
9 E
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
5
ACCR
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
C
1
MREL
B
4
C
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
3
FUEL PUMP
Relay
2
2
J4
Junction
Connector
2
B–O
6 1D
GR–B
1 IB2
B
L–W
L–W
BO
W–B
L–W
W–B
L–W
BL
75
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
B–R
E3
B–R
E3
B–R
B–R
E3
E3
B–R
B–R
E3
E3
B–R
R–Y
E3
R–Y
2
2
2
2
2
2
I16
Injector No. 8
2
3
2
3
A
W
Y
G
R
W
BR
LG
LG–B
A
J26
Junction
Connector
L
R–L
R–L
2
2
I2
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 2
B–R
1
I1
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 1
B–R
1
I15
Injector No. 7
B–R
1
I14
Injector No. 6
B–R
1
I13
Injector No. 5
B–R
1
I12
Injector No. 4
B–R
1
I11
Injector No. 3
B–R
1
I10
Injector No. 2
B–R
1
I9
Injector No. 1
Combination Meter
R–W
1 A
2 A
3 A
4 A
5 A
3 B
6 C
5 C
9 A
8 A
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
R–L
A
IGT2
IGT1
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
M+
M–
3 C
2 C
2
THW
GE01
17 C
VG
E2G
THA
19 A
30 A
29 A
20 A
1
2
W–R
B–W
Y–B
5
4
2
E2G
THA
B
M–
E2
L–R
BR
10 BC2
8 BC2
16 BC2
BR
2
3
1
PTNK
VCC
GND
T2
Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
1
3
BR
I8
BR
I8
BR
VG
E2
+B
1
3
L–W
M+
BR
4
VTA2
A17 IE1
L–R
IE1
O
A16
O
A10 IE1
6
VTA1
BR
O
L–R
VC
M1
Mass Air Flow
Meter
5
BR
22 IM2
BR
7 IM2
E2
Engine Coolant
Temp. Sensor
L–R
BR
B
(* 1)
B
L–R
R–B
J26
Junction
Connector
Y
O
L–R
31 A
R–L
VTA2
VTA1
21 A
G
VC
18 A
R
PTNK
21 E
I8
BR
V8
Vapor Pressure Sensor
L–W
18
IM2
L–W
76
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
L–W
L–W
BR
I8
L–W
2
33 B
3
OX
1
HT
2
+B
4
E1
BR
I8
E
E
L–W
L–W
E
E
L–W
L–W
E
E
L–W
I9
HT2A
BR
B–Y
3
IGT6
IGT7
23 B
OX1A
4 B
3
OX
1
HT
2
+B
4
E1
BR
I8
BR
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
BR
IGT8
HT1A
IGF2
21 B
OX2B
25 B
3
OX
1
HT
2
+B
E1
BR
I8
R–Y
2
I8
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 8
MG CLT Relay
3
IGF1
HT2B
A/C Lock Sensor
R–Y
R–W
2
H8
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 2)
R–W
R–Y
2
I7
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 7
R–W
P
G–B
R–Y
R–W
W
IGT5
E3
BR
1
22 B
3
L–W
G–W
3
R–Y
(* 1)
IGT4
E3
H5
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
G
3
LG
OX2A
E3
BR
E2
R–Y
R
2
I6
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 6
R–W
L–W
R–W
2
I5
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 5
R–W
(* 1)
B–L
R–Y
E3
H7
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
PRG
B–L
IGT3
BR
3
G
L–Y
2
I4
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 4
R–W
R–Y
L–W
28 A
BR
L–W
E3
(* 1)
34 A
Y–R
I3
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 3
R–W
BR
L–W
V2
VSV (EVAP)
* 1 : Shielded
R–Y
E3
25 A
11 A
12 A
26 A
13 A
10 A
23 A
24 A
2 D
ACMG
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
23 C
LCKI
4
BR
(* 1)
BR
E
L–W
J28
Junction
Connector
77
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
10A
ETCS
10A
STOP
2
A24
Accel Position Sensor
2 1K
2
2
2
G–W
G–Y
2
R–B
B–Y
W–L
LG–B
V–W
B 3C
H A
1
6 IM2
C5 IC4
V–W
L–Y
GR
22 E
23 E
26 E
27 E
28 E
29 E
12 C
6 D
VPA
VPA2
VCPA
VCP2
EPA
EPA2
STSW
E
E
E B
G–Y
LG–B
8 IC3
W–L
C11 IC4
B–Y
9 IC3
R–B
A8 IC4
W–R
C13 IC4
J4
Junction
Connector
15 IC3
C16 IC4
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
EP2
5
G–Y
EP1
1
G–Y
VCP2
4
S12
Stop Light SW
VCP1
3
GR
VPA2
6
L–Y
VPA1
W–R
B 3C
2
G–Y
19 D
+BM
STP
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
KNK2
KNK1
1 B
B
W
(* 1)
2 B
(* 1)
W
G2–
32 C
B
G2+
27 C
(* 1)
Y
NE–
24 C
L
NE+
25 C
(* 1)
G–Y
HT1B
5 B
B
(* 1)
OX1B
29 B
I9
BR
4 EB1
E4
1
1
BR
BR
BR
C
C
C
J28
Junction
Connector
BR
BR
C
L–W
EF
78
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
K1
Knock Sensor 1
C
I9
K2
Knock Sensor 2
BR
(* 1)
B
BR
BR
2
2 EB1
(* 1)
2
1 EB1
W
4
1
(* 1)
2
I9
1
C1
Camshaft
Position Sensor
E1
BR
+B
L–W
HT
BR
1
OX
C4
Crankshaft
Position Sensor
3
H6
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
E3
(* 1)
* 1 : Shielded
GR–R
T8
Transponder Key
Computer
F9
4WD Control
ECU
S 8(B), S 9(C)
Skid Control ECU
A32
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
16 B
SP1
L4
ENG+
ENG–
TRC+
22 C
TRC–
24 C
23
IL1
E A
A B
30 E
ENG+
25 E
ENG–
31 E
TRC+
14 E
F/PS
TRC–
R–W
24 E
NEO
P–L
L
W–L
(4WD)
17 E
L4
IMO
F A
H B
4 D
26 D
IMI
P–L
R–Y
Y
B
W
R
P
2
H B
27 D
R–W
L
J30(B)
Junction
Connector
W–L
P–L
GSW2
16 C
(4WD)
14 C
H B
L–R
W–R
NEO
7 C
24
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
7
R–Y
EFII
6
J35(A), J36(B)
Junction
Connector
EFIO
R–Y
18 E
20 E
19 E
SIL
TC
WFSE
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
EOM
SPD
TACH
W
17 D
5 E
11 E
ELS
12 E
L–B
15 E
R–B
HP
1 D
B–W
4WD
8 B
V–R
E1
1 C
W–B
ME01
4 C
W–B
E03
7 C
BR
E02
6 A
W–B
E01
7 A
W–B
A/CS
31 D
W–B
THE
32 D
W–B
ACLD
33 D
BR–B
THWO
14 D
L–R
BR
(4WD)
GR–G
B–R
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
H B
2
IK1
3
IK1
4
C B
C 3D
BR–B
18 A
7 B
17 B
ACLD
THE
C
C
J26
Junction
Connector
C B
15
B A
ELS1
B4
Body ECU
ACS
BR
TWI
GR–G
7 A
B–R
L–B
C 3D
C
II1
L–R
IK1
W–B
4
J33(A), J34(B)
Junction
Connector
L–B
E A
R–B
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
B–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
V–R
A
EE
EF
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
79
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
7. 5A
OBD
GR–R
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
R
2
O
D
D
C2 IC4
F B
R
A 3A
R
C 3C
R–W
R
H A
J7
Junction
Connector
2
R–L
R–Y
P–L
2
4 1G
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
2
C14 IC4
4 B
6 B
5 B
C B
1 1G
C A
11 1K
9 IM2
Tachometer
7 IM1
B 3D
J22
Junction
Connector
B–W
E
13 C
BR
7 A
V–R
4
V–R
BR
CG
D1
Data Link Connector 3
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
SG
5
B–W
BATT
GR–R
16
SIL
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
7
TC
R–B
13
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
R–Y
G
O
P–L
H
16 C
W–B
WFSE
G
R–Y
15
H
P–L
R–W
J18
Junction
Connector
A 3A
Speedometer
15 C
C 3C
E
D B
BR
F B
V–R
B A
B–W
R–B
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
G A
W–B
BR
V–R
B 3D
B–W
W–B
BR
V–R
A
EF
J5
Junction
Connector
EF
IG
80
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
System Outline
The engine control system utilizes a microcomputer and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission etc. An outline
of the engine control is given here.
1. Input Signals
(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit
The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which
varies according to the engine coolant temp. The engine coolant temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the engine
control module as a control signal.
(2) Intake air temp. signal circuit
The intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as a
control signal to TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.
(3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit
The oxygen density in the exhaust emission is detected and is input as a control signal from the heated oxygen sensors
to TERMINALS OX1A, OX1B, OX2A and OX2B of the engine control module.
(4) RPM signal circuit
The camshaft position is detected by the camshaft position sensor and is input into TERMINAL G2+ of the engine
control module as a control signal. Also, the engine RPM is detected by the crankshaft position sensor and the signal is
input into TERMINAL NE+ of the engine control module.
(5) Throttle position sensor signal circuit
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINALS
VTA1 and VTA2 of the engine control module.
(6) Vehicle speed circuit
The vehicle speed sensor detects the vehicle speed, and the signal is input into TERMINAL SPD of the engine control
module via the combination meter, from TERMINAL SP1 of the skid control ECU.
(7) Battery signal circuit
Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned on, the
voltage for engine control module start up power supply is applied through the EFI relay, to TERMINALS +B and +B2 of
the engine control module. The current from the IGN fuse flows to TERMINAL IGSW of the engine control module, and
voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL +BM.
(8) Intake air volume signal circuit
The intake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter, and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL VG of the
engine control module.
(9) Stop light SW signal circuit
The stop light SW is used to detect whether the vehicle is braking or not, and the signal is input into TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module as a control signal.
(10) Starter signal circuit
To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor when the engine is cranking is
detected, and is input into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module as a control signal.
(11) Engine knock signal circuit
Engine knocking is detected by the knock sensors, and is input into TERMINALS KNK1 and KNK2 of the engine control
module as a control signal.
(12) A/C SW signal system
The operating voltage of the A/C magnetic clutch is detected and input in the form of a control signal to TERMINAL A/CS
of the engine control module.
81
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
2. Control System
∗ SFI system
The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals input from each sensors to the engine control module.
The control signal is sent to the engine control module TERMINALS #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7 and #8 to operate the
injector (Fuel injection). The SFI system controls the fuel injection by the engine control module in response to the driving
conditions.
∗ ESA system
The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals input from each sensors to the engine control module.
The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the data memorized in the engine control module. The
control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5, IGT6, IGT7 and IGT8, and these signals control the
igniter to provide the best ignition timing.
∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control system
The heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. of exhaust
emission is low), and warms up the heated oxygen sensors to improve their detection performance. The engine control
module evaluates the signals from each sensors, and outputs current to TERMINALS HT1A, HT1B, HT2A or HT2B to
control the heater.
∗ Fuel pump control system
The engine control module supplies current to TERMINAL FPR, and controls the operation speed of the fuel pump with
the FUEL PUMP relay.
∗ ACIS
The ACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed in
accordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages, for increased engine output in all
ranges from low to high speeds.
∗ ETCS–i
The ETCS–i controls the engine output at its optimal level in accordance with the opening of the accelerator pedal, under
all driving conditions.
∗ Engine start control system
The engine control module allows power to be supplied from the TERMINAL STAR to the STA relay via park/neutral
position SW until complete combustion is confirmed by engine RPM after the detection of ignition SW ST signal by the
TERMINAL STSW.
With this arrangement, engine can be started without holding the ignition key in the ST position. At the same time, the
TERMINAL ACCR is controlled so that the engine control module turns off ACC CUT relay, shutting off power to the
accessories.
3. Diagnosis System
When there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioning system is recorded in the
memory. The malfunctioning system can be found by reading the code displayed on the malfunction indicator lamp.
4. Fail–Safe System
When a malfunction has occurred in any system, there is a possibility of causing engine trouble due to continued control
based on that system. In that case, the fail–safe system either controls the system using the data (Standard values)
recorded in the engine control module memory, or else stops the engine.
82
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Service Hints
EFI Relay
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position
E2 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
1–2 : Approx. 15.0 kΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
: Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)
: Approx. 0.32 kΩ (80°C, 176°F)
: Approx. 0.14 kΩ (110°C, 230°F)
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C), E7 (D), E8 (E) Engine Control Module
BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
+BM–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
IGSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
+B, +B2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
VC–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
VTA2–E1 : 2.0–2.9 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
: 4.7–5.1 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open
VTA1–E1 : 0.4–1.0 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
: 3.2–4.8 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open
VPA–E1 : 0.3–0.9 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
: 3.2–4.8 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open
VPA2–E1 : 1.8–2.7 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
: 4.7–5.1 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open
THA–E1 : 0.5–3.4 volts with the idling, intake air temp. 0°C (32°F) –80°C (176°F)
THW–E1 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the idling, engine coolant temp. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F)
STA–E1 : 6.0 volts or more with the engine cranking
W–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the idling and malfunction indicator lamp off
SPD–E1 : Pulse generation with the vehicle moving
STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed
: Parts Location
Code
A16
A17
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B ((Instrument Panel Brace RH))
3A
3E
3F
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
97
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multiplex Communication System (Communication Bus)
B 4(A), B 6(C)
Body ECU
MPX3
MPX2
23 A
BR–Y
BR–R
26 C
B
J19
Junction
Connector
A14
IE1
BR–Y
BR–R
B
R
9 BD1
31
MPX1
1
MPX2
T5
Theft Deterrent
ECU
98
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B8
Back Door
ECU
Multiplex Communication System Includes Following Systems
∗ Automatic Light Control
∗ Door Lock Control
∗ Front Fog Light
∗ Garage Door Opener
∗ Headlight
∗ Interior Light
∗ Key Reminder
∗ Light Auto Turn Off
∗ Mirror Heater
∗ Power Window
∗ Rear Window Defogger
∗ Rear Wiper and Washer
∗ Seat Belt Warning
∗ Theft Deterrent
∗ Wireless Door Lock Control
99
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multiplex Communication System
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
50A
J/B
7. 5A
ACC
15A
RR
WSH
WIG
1
ACC
22
BDR1
12
CLTB
6 C
CLTE
21 C
CLTS
4 C
2
G–W
Y
3 IG1
2 IG1
1 IG1
Y
L–W
9 1E
G–W
2
L–Y
2
L–Y
2
20A
DR/LCK
G–W
1
3
4
CLTB
CLTE
CLTS
A39
Automatic Light
Control Sensor
L–W
100
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
TRLY
HRLY
18
17
2
5
1
R–B
R–B
TAIL Relay
3
HF2
20 C
2
2
1
1
1
1
8 1B
10A
HEAD
(LO LH)
10A
HEAD
(LO RH)
10A
HEAD
(HI LH)
10A
HEAD
(HI RH)
W
W
L–W
1 1C
2
A1 IC4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H2
Headlight LH (Low)
R–Y
H4
Headlight RH (Low)
R–B
H1
Headlight LH (High)
R–L
1
1
1
W–B
W–B
R–W
2
2
R–W
2
R–W
R–L
A5 IC4
R–G
R–G
A4 IC4
R–B
R–B
W
2
2
2
3
HEAD
Relay
1
5
R–W
R–L
2
R–G
B
E7
W–B
W–B
Battery
W–B
W
L–W
EB
101
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multiplex Communication System
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
HEAD
TAIL
R–W
HF
7 C
G–O
A
3 C
G
8 C
R
1 C
1 IH1
8 IH1
10 IH1
9 IH1
2
IC3
R–L
8
A B
Light
Control SW
OFF
R–W
W–B
12
W–B
16
J15(B)
Junction
Connector
14
R–W
G–O
13
W–B
10
G
C12
Combination SW
R
G–R
I5
A B
Tail
Head
W–B
Dimmer SW
2
H3
Headlight RH
(High)
Auto
Low
High
Flash
Fog
Light
SW
R–G
1
OFF
G–R
ON
11
17
7
R–G
L
10 IN1
R–G
C A
R–G
C A
B B
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction Connector
C A
R–G
R–G
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction Connector
B A
B B
R–W
R–W
R–L
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
102
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
PWS
1
GND2
21
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
ILE
GND1
16
13
4
15A
FR FOG
R–L
2
5
1
3
2
30A
POWER
2
POWER Relay
1
2 1H
L
W–B
7 1A
8 1A
W
1 1A
W
1 1H
W
2
25 1J
L–O
2
2 1F
L–O
LG
R–L
2
2
5
FR FOG
Relay
B3
B3
W
2
I3
B B
2
1
W
W
1
F2
Front Fog Light RH
G
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction
Connector
F1
Front Fog Light LH
G
1
DOOR
ON
OFF
PWS
DOOR
W
3
ON
OFF
2
L2
Luggage Compartment Light
3
4
I20
Interior Light
G–R
W
2
G
2
W
3
M5
Moon Roof Control ECU
1
2
B3
1
W
B A
W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–O
L–O
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
W–B
W–B
E7
E1
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
EA
J5
Junction
Connector
A
IG
103
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multiplex Communication System
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
6
3
W
R–G
I17
Ignition Key
Cylinder Light
W
(*1)
W–B
12
ELS
6
E8
Engine Control
Module
DOWN
G
(2UZ–FE)
B–Y
1
UP
Illumination Lights
9 1K
IDL
28 A
(2UZ–FE)
L–R
18 1A
II1
L–R
12 1A
COM
19 B
(2UZ–FE)
4
BUP
10 B
Y–R
BDN
8 B
B–L
ELS1
15 A
E
B1
Back Door Power
Window Control SW
2
(*1)
1
2
2
1
J35
Junction Connector
B A
R
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction
Connector
R
R
B A
V7
Vanity Light RH
B
5
V6
Vanity Light LH
P7
Personal Light
E
C B
1
H
H
H
H
R
W
R
W
(* 1)
(*1)
4 1A
19 1A
* 1 : w/ Vanity Light
* 2 : Limited
R
R(*2)
E
6 1E
R–W
W
9 1A
J6
Junction Connector
22 1J
R
E
W
W
L–O
L–O
L–O
L–O
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
R–W
104
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
LP
DCYL
26 A
3 1B
1
10 IO1
D4
2
(* 2)
(* 2)
W–R
C A
IE1
9
IA1
5
1
3
2
8 BA1
9 BA1
E
E
2
Y–R
2
B–R
2
W–B
R
13 IA1
R
2
R
IE1
D10
Door Courtesy Light
Rear LH
P–G
D8
Door Courtesy Light
Front LH
Y–G
2
1
R
D3
(*2)
W–R
R
9 IO1
2
R
9 BB1
1
(* 2)
F12
Foot Light LH
(*2)
W–R
R
(* 2)
F13
Foot Light RH
2
1
(* 2)
R
IP2
2
1
R(* 2)
1
1
R
R
2
D11
Door Courtesy Light
Rear RH
L–R
D9
Door Courtesy Light
Front RH
Y
4
1
R
140A
ALT
DEFOG Relay
8 BB1
6
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
W–G
C A
W–R
L–R
Y
IP1
RDEF
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
C B
9
LCYL
21 B
2
R
W–R
6 B
P–G
RCYL
22 B
(*2)
PCYL
25 A
R
R(* 2)
E
J6
Junction Connector
Y–R
W
W
L–O
L–O
L–O
L–O
W–B
B–R
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
105
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multiplex Communication System
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
STP1
HAZ
3
8
DRL
7 A
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
24 1E
14 1J
2
20 1E
18 1J
2
(*3)
IF1
LG–R
10
2
W
2
W
15A
TRN–HAZ
(*3)
15A
IG1
W
G–B
10A
STOP
(* 4)
1
(* 4)
1
A
J7
Junction
Connector
D
J1
Junction
Connector
E
A
G–W
Y–R
S12
Stop
Light SW
H A
H A
Y–R
(* 3)
LG
E A
F B
Y–R
2
(* 3)
Y–R
(* 3)
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction Connector
2
2
W–B
D B
A2 IC4
W–B
3
2
IG
1
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction Connector
E
G–Y
E
9
(* 3)
STOP LP CTRL
Relay
1
4
G–B
J4
Junction
Connector
G–Y
5
DRL
2
B–Y
2
E
B
6
1
12
HAZ
Y–R
Y–R
2
10
D2
Daytime Running Light Relay
Turn Signal Flasher Relay
System Outline
Communication Outline
Communication is made among the body, theft deterrent and back door ECUs.
When the ECU receives a signal from related switches, i.e., the rear wiper SW, the body ECU sends signals to the back door
ECU, and moves rear wiper.
For details, please refer to the new car features and/or the repair manual.
Service Hints
Body ECU
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
11, 12–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
1, 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
B8 (A) Back Door ECU
(A) 4, (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A) 3–Ground : Always continuity
T5 Theft Deterrent ECU
2, 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
29–Ground : Always continuity
121
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multiplex Communication System
: Parts Location
Code
Ground Points Location
Front Right Fender
Front Left Fender
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BM
54
Floor Seat Crossmember RH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
: Splice Points
Code
E1
E7
I3
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
44 (2UZ–FE)
I5
50
Instrument Panel Wire
46 (1GR–FE)
B1
54
Front Door RH Wire
B3
54
Roof Wire
B6
54
Back Door No.1 Wire
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine
g
Room Main Wire
50
124
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
125
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Headlight
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
10A
ECU–B
7. 5A
ACC
10A
ECU–IG
SIG
10
ACC
22
BECU
HRLY
11
17
HF2
20 C
R–B
2
R–B
2
4 1B
8 1B
W
W
W–R
A1 IC4
2
2
R–B
R–B
W
W
* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light
2
3
HEAD
Relay
1
5
B
2
Battery
126
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
PKB
2 B
L
14 A
2
E B
2
17 1J
1
1
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
R–B
LG
R–B
GR
R–B
1
1
A A
1 1E
10A
HEAD
(HI LH)
10A
HEAD
(HI RH)
GR
10A
HEAD
(LO RH)
LG
10A
HEAD
(LO LH)
2
2
2
2
1
1
5 EA1 (2UZ–FE)
3 EA1 (1GR–FE)
2
GR
H3
Headlight RH
(High)
1
2
R–W
2
H1
Headlight LH
(High)
1
H4
Headlight RH
(Low)
2
1
R–G
A5 IC4
14
10 IN1
L
G2
Generator
C8
Combination Meter
Beam
R–G
R–W
A4 IC4
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
4
13
R–G
R–G
R–G
E7
EA
W–B
W–B
W–B(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B
E1
W–B
H2
Headlight LH
(Low)
R–W
R–L
2
GR
2
R–B
2
R–Y
2
P4
Parking Brake SW
D6 IC4
EB
127
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Headlight
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
HEAD
HF
GND1
R–W
7 C
R
1 C
1 IH1
9 IH1
GND2
4
16
2 1H
2
J15
Junction
Connector
Light
Control SW
OFF
Tail
W–B
8
W–B
16
(* 1)
R–W
13
W–B
W–B
C12
Combination SW
R
I5
A
A
Head
Turn
W–B
Dimmer SW
Auto
Low
High
Flash
LH
C A
C A
C A
(* 1)
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction
Connector
G–Y
3
(* 1)
G–B
B B
R–G
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction Connector
R–G
1
R–G
7
R–G
RH
B A
R–G
B B
R–G
G–Y(* 1)
R–G
G–B(* 1)
W–B(*1)
W–B(* 1)
W–B(*1)
W–B(* 1)
A
A
* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light
IG
128
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J5
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B
(* 1)
J37
Junction
Connector
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 3F
A
IK
(* 1)
2
(* 1)
W–B
H11
Hazard SW
A2 IC4
W–B
DRL
(*1)
A
J24
Junction
Connector
R–Y
(*1)
12
(* 1)
TFR
2
R–B
W
(*1)
W
(*1)
14 1J
W–B
TFL
4
(*1)
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
(*1)
A3 IC4
R–Y
TSL
7
G–B
DRL
(* 1)
3
F6
Front Turn Signal
Light RH
2 IH1
(*1)
IH1
R–B
TSR
8
(*1)
(*1)
LG–R
7 A
W–B
E A
F5
Front Turn Signal
Light LH
3
(*1)
E
G–Y
9
G–B
IG
(*1)
G–Y
1
(*1)
B
(* 1)
W–B
H A
W–B
6
(* 1)
(*1)
B–Y
2
W–B
F B
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
J7
Junction
Connector
(* 1)
B–Y
8 1J
(*1)
Y–R
(*1)
Y–R
15A
IG1
(* 1)
Y–R
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
D2
Daytime Running
Light Relay
Turn Signal
Flasher Relay
(* 1)
Y–R
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
8
HAZ
1
15 1J
15A
TRN–HAZ
2
2
A
3
10
HAZ
B 3F
B 3F
D B
1 IN1
3
2
G–Y(* 1)
G–B(* 1)
W–B(*1)
W–B(*1)
A
II
129
Headlight
System Outline
(w/ daytime running light)
∗ This system is designed to automatically activate the turn signal lights during the daytime to keep the car highly visible to
other vehicles. This system is controlled by the body ECU.
This system makes use of the turn signal lights as daytime running lights.
For this reason, when the turn signal lights are operated, the daytime running lights function is interrupted momentarily,
which, however, will be brought back into operation as soon as the interposed operation is over.
∗ This system is enabled when the conditions given below are met.
A) Ignition switch ON condition
B) Turn signal light switch OFF condition
C) Hazard light switch OFF condition
D) Light control switch OFF condition
E) Parking brake switch OFF condition (Parking brake out of operating condition)**
**: This system does not become active when the parking brake switch is ON. However, once the OFF signal of the
parking brake switch is input into the body ECU, this system will become active thereafter, regardless of whether the
parking brake switch is ON or OFF.
: Parts Location
Code
B4
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1B
1E
1H
1J
3F
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
EA1
38
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Engine No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IN1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
130
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
: Ground Points
Code
EA
EB
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Front Right Fender
Front Left Fender
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
: Splice Points
Code
E1
E7
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine
g
Room Main Wire
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
E7
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine Room Main Wire
I5
50
Instrument Panel Wire
44 (2UZ–FE)
131
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Front Fog Light
R
R–B
R
R–L
2
G–R
1
B 6(C)
Body ECU
HRLY
17
10A
HEAD
(HI LH)
HF2
R
HEAD
G–R
1 C
2 IC3
1 IH1
2
20 C
W–B
G–R
R
W–B
R–L
2
10
13
16
8 1B
C12
Combination SW
Light
Control SW
W
W
OFF
A1 IC4
Tail
Head
Dimmer SW
R–B
Fog
Light
SW
W
W
Auto
2
2
2
3
1
5
High
Flash
OFF
ON
11
L
HEAD
Relay
Low
B
2
Battery
132
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
17
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
15A
FR FOG
2
R–L
LG
2
G–R
2
2
2
5
FR FOG
Relay
W–B
1
3
2
G
2
F2
Front Fog Light RH
G
1
1
W–B
2
W–B
2
A
A
W–B
E1
W–B
J15
Junction
Connector
F1
Front Fog Light LH
G
W–B
I3
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
EA
133
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Front Fog Light
Service Hints
FR FOG Relay
3–5 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position, dimmer SW at LOW position and fog light SW at ON position
: Parts Location
Code
B6
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
: Ground Points
Code
EA
IG
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
48
Ground Points Location
Front Right Fender
Left Kick Panel
: Splice Points
Code
E1
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Room Main Wire
Code
I3
See Page
50
134
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Room Main Wire
Memo
135
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Automatic Light Control
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
50A
J/B
10A
ECU–B
2
10A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
ACC
2
W–R
2
L–W
2
1 1C
4 1B
5
1
TAIL
Relay
3
2
18
11
TRLY
HRLY
GND1
4
GND2
16
22
SIG
A
3 C
B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
ACC
DCTY
CLTB
23 B
6 C
CLTE
21 C
CLTS
4 C
G–W
Y
Y
Head
1
W–B
HEAD
Relay
W–B
16
A
2
J15
Junction
Connector
5
W–B
B
A
Battery
A
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
136
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
Auto
3
1
1 IG1
Tail
R–B
Light
Control SW
R–B
2
2
2 IG1
F A
OFF
2
3 IG1
G–W
12
L–Y
W
C12
Combination SW
H B
L–Y
10 IH1
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
2 1H
G–O
8 1B
R–B
G–O
17
10
BECU
1
3
4
CLTB
CLTE
CLTS
A39
Automatic Light Control
Sensor
System Outline
The automatic light control system works when the light control SW is turned to AUTO. The automatic light control sensor
detects the brightness around the vehicle. By this function, the system automatically turns the taillight and headlight on if the
brightness is below the regular level and turns the taillight and headlight off when the surroundings become brighter than the
regular level.
Service Hints
C12 Combination SW
12–16 : Closed with the light control SW at AUTO position
Body ECU
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
11–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Continuity with the driver’s door open
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IG1
50
Instrument Panel No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
: Ground Points
Code
IG
See Page
48
Ground Points Location
Left Kick Panel
137
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Light Auto Turn Off
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
50A
J/B
7. 5A
ACC
2
L–W
2
1 1C
5
1
TAIL
Relay
2
18
10 IH1
H B
W
14
12
8 IO1
Tail
P–B
P–L
Head
A
2
J15
Junction
Connector
W–B
B
A
Battery
A
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
138
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
1
1
D15
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH
5
1
D14
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH
1
D13
Door Courtesy SW
Front RH
16
W–B
HEAD
Relay
W–B
C12
Combination SW
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
Auto
3
1
A11 IE1
R–B
Light
Control SW
R–B
2
RRCY
12 B
F A
OFF
2
RLCY
11 B
P–L
8 IH1
PCTY
24 B
P–B
1 IH1
13
2
DCTY
23 B
R–Y
A
3 C
R–B
2 1H
TAIL
8 C
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
HEAD
1 C
G–O
8 1B
GND2
16
G–O
4
G
GND1
G
HRLY
ACC
R
TRLY
17
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
22
R
3
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
10A
ECU–IG
10A
ECU–B
10A
DOME
2
2
2
R
2
W–R
8 1F
4 1B
12 1F
C2 IC4
R
B–R
W–R
D
J7
Junction
Connector
D
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
11
BECU
PRG
IE1
R
A15
G–O
A13 IE1
2
3
5
RDA
PRG
A14
IE1
+B
B7
Back Door Courtesy SW
Back Door Half Latch SW
B–R
R
BR–R
23 A
G–O
L–R
IE1
L–R
A12
MPX2
3 B
W–R
RDA
4 B
BR–R
SIG
R
10
E
D7
Door Control
Receiver
5
9 BD1
10
BD1
7 BD1
6
3
5 BD1
B
R–G
G–Y
B–R
A B
L–R
A A
R
A A
W–B
A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
W–B
W–B
1
3 A
1 A
5 A
6 A
6 B
7 B
21 B
MPX2
BECU
SIG
HALF
FULL
LSE
W–B
GND
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
BO
BL
139
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Light Auto Turn Off
System Outline
When all doors are closed after opening some or all of them after the Ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF with the head
and tail lamps ON, these lamps will remain ON for 30 seconds after the doors are closed and then go OUT automatically.
Pressing the lock SW on a wireless controller twice in succession turns OFF the lamps instantly.
Service Hints
C12 Combination SW
14–16 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
13–16 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position
12–16 : Closed with the light control SW at AUTO position
Body ECU
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
11–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
D12, D13, D14, D15 Door Courtesy SW Front LH, RH, Rear LH, RH
1–Ground : Continuity with the door open
: Parts Location
Code
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1B
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1F
24
Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1H
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1C
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IO1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BD1
54
Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
140
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
141
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/ Daytime Running Light)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
15A
IG1
15A
TRN–HAZ
2
2
A
B–Y
Y–R
8 1J
J7
Junction
Connector
A
Y–R
A2 IC4
H A
L–Y
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
L–B
5 1J
TRR
L–B
3
TRL
L–Y
5
L–B
B
L–Y
6
IG
L–Y
B–Y
1
L–B
Y–R
F B
23 1J
15 1F
9 1F
3 1G
2 1G
D2
Turn Signal Flasher Relay
E
TSL
TSR
7
8
HAZ
2 IH1
3 IH1
W
G–Y
10
G–B
W–B
9
R–Y
TFR
2
R–B
TFL
4
L–Y
1 IN1
L–B
14 1J
A16 IC4
LH
2
GND
W–B
W–B
5
C B
B 3F
J15
Junction
Connector
W–B
1
TURN L
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction
Connector
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
3
2
D B
W–B
O2
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
H11
Hazard SW
RH
Turn
C12
Combination SW
2
TURN R
W
G–B
R–Y
G–Y
2
3
W–B
2
1
3
W–B
3
F6
Front Turn Signal
Light RH
F5
Front Turn Signal
Light LH
R–B
15 1J
E A
A
A
B
3F
A A
A
A
W–B
EB
A
EA
IG
A
A
IK
142
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J5
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B 3F
J37
Junction
Connector
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
W–B
W–B
2
6
BL
3
A A
A A
L–Y
A
L–B
L–Y
L–B
J39
Junction
Connector
L–B
L–Y
D
T14
Towing Converter
Relay
Turn
R15
Rear Combination
Light RH
Turn
A
W–B
W–B
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
R14
Rear Combination
Light LH
L–Y
L–B
D
A
D
9
3
LTIN
RTIN
6
A A
A B
BO
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
143
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/ Daytime Running Light)
Service Hints
D2 Turn Signal Flasher Relay
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
9–Ground : Always continuity
6–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IN1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
EA
EB
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Front Right Fender
Front Left Fender
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
144
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
145
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/o Daytime Running Light)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
15A
IG1
15A
TRN–HAZ
2
L–Y
2
B–Y
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
Y–R
A2 IC4
3
L–B
A
H A
L–B
I4
L–Y
A
L–Y
I4
L–B
B–Y
IF1
5
L–Y
IF1
EL
L–Y
L–B
15 1F
9 1F
8
2 IH1
3 IH1
2 1G
14 1J
IF1
G–Y
IF1
3 1G
L–Y
G–B
7
23 1J
6
G–B
IF1
5 1J
ER
5
W–B
7
8
EHW
G–Y
T9
Turn Signal
Flasher Relay
GND
LL
L–B
3
LR
L–Y
2
+B
W
4
IF1
W
1
IG
9
10
L–B
IF1
L–Y
6
B–Y
F B
IF1
Y–R
Y–R
L–B
1
L–B
J7
Junction
Connector
Y–R
8 1J
3
O2
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
G–Y
1
W
G–B
H11
Hazard SW
2
RH
Turn
LH
3
C12
Combination SW
1
TURN L
GND
D B
W–B
5
W–B
2
W–B
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
2
TURN R
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
15 1J
C B
J15
Junction
Connector
B 3F
E A
A
A
B
3F
A A
A
A
A
A
A
IG
IK
146
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J5
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B 3F
J37
Junction
Connector
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
W–B
2
6
BL
3
A A
A A
9
3
LTIN
RTIN
BO
1
2
EB
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
R–Y
R–Y
R–B
L–Y
4
F6
Front Turn Signal
Light RH
R–B
A
F5
Front Turn Signal
Light LH
6
L–Y
A
L–B
L–Y
L–B
D
T14
Towing Converter
Relay
Turn
R15
Rear Combination
Light RH
L–B
J39
Junction
Connector
L–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
Turn
A
W–B
W–B
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
R14
Rear Combination
Light LH
L–Y
L–B
L–B
IF1
2
A16 IC4
IF1
D
1 IN1
D
1
2
A A
A B
W–B
EA
147
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/o Daytime Running Light)
Service Hints
T9 Turn Signal Flasher Relay
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
7–Ground : Always continuity
4–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Relay Wire (Behind the Instrument Panel J/B)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IN1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
EA
EB
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Front Right Fender
Front Left Fender
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
: Splice Points
Code
I4
See Page
50
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
Relay Wire
148
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Memo
149
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Interior Light
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
GND1
ILE
7 1A
8 1A
12 1A
18 1A
W
2 1H
W–B
13
W
4
(* 1)
GND2
16
W
ACC
22
W–B
7. 5A
ACC
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
B3
W
1
W
W
W
W
B3
(* 1)
2
2
V7
Vanity Light RH
B
5
V6
Vanity Light LH
DOOR
2
ON
OFF
1
1
W
W
(* 1)
(* 1)
R
L2
Luggage Compartment
Light
1
3
DOOR
2
ON
OFF
I20
Interior Light
3
P7
Personal Light
E
4 1A
19 1A
9 1A
6 1E
W
W
1
W
B3
22 1J
R
R–W
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
150
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
* 1 : w/ Vanity Light
* 2 : Limited
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
LP
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
W–G
L–R
2
(* 2)
W–R
1
9
IA1
D8
Door Courtesy Light
Front LH
Y–G
1
IE1
(*2)
W–R
(*2)
F12
Foot Light LH
2
D4
1
2
2
8 BA1
1
2
13
IA1
R
9 BA1
R
R
H
R
H
IE1
R
H
D3
(* 2)
H
R(* 2)
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction
Connector
B A
R
R
R
R
9 IO1
R
R
9 BB1
(* 2)
R
1 IP2
J35
Junction Connector
C B
B A
(* 2)
R
2
1
10 IO1
F13
Foot Light RH
1
D11
Door Courtesy Light
Rear RH
L–R
D9
Door Courtesy Light
Front RH
Y
I17
Ignition Key
Cylinder Light
2
(* 2)
W–R
R–G
6
8 BB1
C A
W–R
Y
C A
9 IP1
LCYL
21 B
P–G
W–R
26 A
C B
9 1K
DCYL
6 B
D10
Door Courtesy Light
Rear LH
P–G
RCYL
22 B
(*2)
PCYL
25 A
E
E
R
R(*2)
E
R
E
E
J6
Junction Connector
R–W
R–W
151
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Interior Light
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
LMRY
IE1
D
C2 IC4
1 IC3
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
DCTY
23 B
H B
A15 IE1
+B
F A
2
R–B
5
PRG
R
3
RDA
R
R
2
L–R
G–O
1
10A
DOME
PCTY
24 B
R–B
R
J7
Junction Connector
R
A13
D
R
A12 IE1
D
R
L–R
G–O
3 A
R–Y
PRG
3 B
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
RDA
4 B
2
R
1
2
W–B
2
5
A A
A A
2
DOME
Relay
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
A A
1
D13
Door Courtesy SW
Front RH
D7
Door Control
Receiver
R
1
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
E
3
1
A B
2
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
2
R
W–B
BO
W–B
W–B
R–W
BL
152
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RLCY
11 B
RRCY
DRLP
12 B
12 C
SIG
DCY2
11 C
10
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
W–L
V–Y
P–L
P–B
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
ECU–IG
17 A
A11 IE1
8 C
8 IO1
4 1G
13 C
R
16 C
B–R
C 8(A), C10(C)
Combination Meter
Door
15 C
BR
1
D15
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH
D14
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH
1
P–L
P–B
R–L
8 1F
R–L
F B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
BR
7 IM1
R
H A
B–R
W–B
W–B
BR
R
EF
153
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Interior Light
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
MPX2
MPX2
23 A
1 A
BECU
5 A
SIG
6 A
GND
3 A
FULL
LSE
7 B
21 B
B–R
BECU
11
G–Y
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
6
3
L–R
B
W–B
9 BD1
7 BD1
5 BD1
10 BD1
W–R
B–R
W–B
12 1F
R
4 1B
BR–R
1
10A
ECU–B
IE1
W–R
2
W–R
A14
2
BR–R
B7
Back Door Courtesy SW
B–R
W–B
154
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
System Outline
The interior light is controlled by the body ECU. This system has following features.
1. Normal Operation
∗ When one of the doors opened, the interior light, luggage compartment light and open door warning light is turned on.
When the all doors are closed, the interior light, luggage compartment light and open door warning light is turned off.
2. Illuminated Entry System
∗ When a door is unlocked through a key operation or transmitter operation, or if a door is opened or closed, the illuminated
entry system turns ON the interior light and the ignition key illumination.
∗ If the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON position or if all doors are locked during the 15 seconds in which these
lights are ON, they will immediately turn OFF.
: Parts Location
Code
B4
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IM1
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
BG1
54
Floor No.2 Wire and Frame No.3 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
171
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Key Reminder
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
10A
ECU–B
10A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
GAUGE
7. 5A
ACC
2
10A
DOME
2
4 1G
2
R–L
W–R
2
R
4 1B
11
10
BECU
22
SIG
ACC
B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
GND2
G–Y
A B
GND1
4
DCY2
11 C
KSWO
C2 IC4
15 C
8 C
19 B
E A
2 1H
W–B
F A
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
R
R–B
H B
16
V–G
KSW
14 C
W–L
DCTY
23 B
K3
Unlock Warning SW
G–Y
F B
7 IM1
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
2
BR
W–B
R
1
W–B
A B
J15(B)
Junction
Connector
A B
A
W–B
A
IG
D
D
J5
Junction
Connector
EF
172
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
R
15 C
R–L
16 C
R
13 C
BR
C B
C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
G–Y
B A
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
1
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
R–B
Buzzer
J7
Junction
Connector
System Outline
Key Reminder System
With the ignition key inserted in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the ignition SW still off and driver’s door open
(Door courtesy SW on), when a signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 23 of the body ECU, the body ECU operates, current flows
from TERMINAL (C) 15 of the ECU to TERMINAL (B) 19 of the combination meter to GROUND and key reminder buzzer
sounds.
Service Hints
Body ECU
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
11–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Continuity with the driver door open
K3 Unlock Warning SW
1–2 : Continuity with the ignition key in cylinder
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IM1
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
: Ground Points
Code
EF
IG
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
48
Ground Points Location
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
Left Kick Panel
173
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Seat Belt Warning
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A)
Body ECU
1
10A
ECU–B
10A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
ACC
ACC
22
SIG
10
BECU
GND2
11
16
GND1
4
2
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
1
2
W–R
10A
DOME
7. 5A
GAUGE
W–B
2
4 1G
R–L
2 1H
R
4 1B
W–R
2
R
C2 IC4
D
J7
Junction
Connector
D
R
R–L
W–B
R
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
174
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A)
Body ECU
15A
IG1
DBKL
G–Y
13 A
B B
8 1J
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction Connector
D A
G–Y
Y–R
H A
Y–R
H A
GR–B
BR
LG
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction Connector
J20(A)
Junction
Connector
B13
Buckle SW RH
Occupant Detection Sensor
A
J25
Junction
Connector
A
3
Y–R
R
IG+
2
2
Y–R
B
1
D3
Passenger Seat Belt
Warning Light
3
PBEW
W–B
A 3C
A 3C
BR
R
R
H A
11 IO1
R
H A
7 IM1
B12
Buckle SW LH
4
R–L
F B
H B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
12 B
W–B
R
13 B
A
J7
Junction
Connector
G–Y
13 C
GR–B
18 B
BR
16 C
A
3
F A
15 C
A8 IE1
G–Y
Buzzer
G–Y
Driver’ s Seat Belt
G–Y
D A
Y–R
C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
EF
BM
BL
175
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Seat Belt Warning
System Outline
When the driver has not fastened the seat belt while the ignition SW is ON, the driver seat belt warning light blinks, and a
warning buzzer comes on.
Also, in the front passenger seat, a sensor recognizes passenger, and when the passenger has not fastened the seat belt,
the front passenger seat belt warning light blinks.
Service Hints
B12 Buckle SW LH
3–4 : Continuity with driver’s seat belt in use
B13 Buckle SW RH
Occupant Detection Sensor
2–3 : Continuity with front passenger sit on front passenger seat and front passenger’s seat belt not use
: Parts Location
Code
B4
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A
24
Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1E
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1H
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IC3
See Page
48
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
IG
See Page
48
Ground Points Location
Left Kick Panel
179
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Front Wiper and Washer
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
30A
FR WIP–WSH
C14
Combination SW
9 1J
22 1E
11
6
IN1
L–Y
L
L
INT TIME
Washer
HI
LO
INT
OFF
Wiper Relay
L–Y
2
1
M
L
I3
W2
Washer Motor
L–W
C8
IC4
L–W
7
L–B
C6
IC4
L–B
8
L–R
C9
IC4
L–R
17
L–W
16
L
L
W–B
L
2
2
3
L
4
1
W–B
Front Wiper and Washer SW
A
J15
Junction
Connector
M
A
A
5
W–B
W–B
F7
Front Wiper Motor
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
180
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
EB
System Outline
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 1 of the washer
motor and TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor through the FR WIP–WSH fuse.
1. Low Speed Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at low speed.
2. High Speed Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL 4 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at high speed.
3. INT Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to INT position, the wiper relay operates and current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the
wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This activates the intermittent circuit and the current flows from
TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to
GROUND and the wiper operates. Intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser charge and discharge function in the
relay.
4. Washer Interlocking Operation
With the wiper and washer SW pulled to washer position (Washer SW ON position), the current flows from the FR WIP–WSH
fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 11 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer to spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the FR
WIP–WSH fuse to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to
TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, causing the wiper to function.
Service Hints
C14 Combination SW
2–Ground : Always continuity
17–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at LO position
Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with the ignition SW on
and the wiper and washer SW at INT position
16–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at HI position
F7 Front Wiper Motor
2–3 : Closed unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
C14
F7
Code
See Page
37
J5
38
32 (2UZ–FE)
J15
38
34 (1GR–FE)
W2
33 (2UZ–FE)
Code
W2
See Page
35 (1GR–FE)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1E
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IN1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
181
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Front Wiper and Washer
: Ground Points
Code
EB
IG
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
48
Ground Points Location
Front Left Fender
Left Kick Panel
: Splice Points
Code
I3
See Page
50
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
Engine Room Main Wire
182
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Memo
183
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Rear Wiper and Washer
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
10A
ECU–B
10A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
ACC
15A
RR
WSH
WIG
1
ACC
22
SIG
10
BECU
GND2
11
16
GND1
4
2
12 1F
W–R
W–R
2 1H
W–B
4 1B
W–B
8 1F
B–R
W–R
2
W–R
J5
Junction
Connector
B–R
A
A
IG
184
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–B
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
8 B
BUP
10 B
COM
WMTR
19 B
RWON
2
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
RWINT
10 C
9 C
BR–W
BDN
PRG
3 B
GR–R
RDA
4 B
MPX2
23 A
1 1B
W2
Washer Motor
B–Y
Y–R
10A
DOME
B–L
B–O
BR–R
1
2
3
M
A14 IE1
4
R
LG–B
2
6
3
DOWN
1
UP
E
3 IC3
6 IH1
7 IH1
BR–R
B1
Back Door Power Window
Control SW
2
3
5
RDA
PRG
+B
12
10
Washer
Rear Wiper and
Washer SW
R
A15 IE1
G–O
A13 IE1
L–R
A12 IE1
R
L–R
G–O
D
BR–W
J7
Junction
Connector
GR–R
D
LG–B
R
C2 IC4
OFF
INT
ON
Washer
C14
Combination SW
2
13
BR–W
E
A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
A A
J15
Junction
Connector
W–B
W–B
A A
W–B
D7
Door Control
Receiver
W–B
1
A
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A B
W–R
W–R
B–R
B–R
W–B
BO
BL
185
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Rear Wiper and Washer
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
B
L
6 BD1
B–R
L–O
5
6
3
W–R
L–W
1
6
2
3
PLS2
PLS
6 A
BDR
5 BD1
SSRB
5 A
SIG
7 BD1
B–O
BR–R
BECU
10 BD1
R
9 BD1
GND
3 A
L–R
LSE
21 B
W–R
FULL
7 B
W–B
HALF
6 B
W–B
IC–
23 B
B–R
IC2
17 B
G–Y
IC1
16 B
R–G
IC+
11 B
Y–G
MPX2
1 A
4 A
E
B11
Back Door Power Window Motor
B7
Back Door Courtesy SW
Back Door Half Latch SW
L–O
W–B
W–R
B–R
186
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
1
SGND
18 B
P
W
12 B
3 B
WIP+
30A
POWER
WIP–
2 B
1 B
2
BR–B
Y–G
R–G
1
3
5
4
L–O
P–B
G–R
2 1F
Return
Position
Furthest
Position
M
Stop
2
R23
Rear Wiper Motor
Rear Wiper Position SW
L–O
187
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Rear Wiper and Washer
System Outline
∗ Rear wiper operation
The back door ECU initiates rear wiper intermittent or continuous operation according to rear wiper SW command from the
body ECU. At this point, the position of the back door window is confirmed and, if it is not fully closed, the command will be
neglected preventing the rear wiper from starting.
If the ignition SW is turned OFF while the rear wiper is operating, it comes to a stop but only after the wiper arm has
returned to its initial position.
∗ Rear washer operation
Turning the rear washer SW ON, with the ignition SW ON and the back door window fully closed, initiates rear washer
operation.
Service Hints
C14 Combination SW
10–Ground : Continuity with the rear wiper SW at ON position
13–Ground : Continuity with the rear wiper SW at INT position
2–Ground : Always continuity
Body ECU
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1, 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
11–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
B8 (A) Back Door ECU
(A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A) 4, (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 3–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
BD1
54
Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)
188
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
41
33 (2UZ–FE)
35 (1GR–FE)
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
189
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Window
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
ACC
22
BDR1
12
BDN
BUP
8 B
10 B
Y–R
7. 5A
ACC
B–L
20A
DR/LCK
6
3
COM
19 B
2
2
G–W
DOWN
B–Y
9 1E
1
UP
B1
Back Door Power Window
Control SW
190
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
E
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
KSW
GND1
14 C
GND2
PWS
16
SIG
21
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
G–Y
4
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
1
POWER Relay
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
A B
10
E A
1
30A
POWER
5
10A
ECU–IG
2
3
2 1H
1 1H
2 1F
25 1J
8 1F
28 1J
W–B
W
L–O
L–O
B–R
B–R
B A
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
G–Y
2
C B
G
B–R
2
K3
Unlock Warning SW
G–Y
G
J20
Junction
Connector
A B
J15(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
A B
B–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
A
J5
Junction
Connector
L–O
A
A
W
IG
191
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Window
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
W/L 1
L
P9
Power Window Control SW
Front RH
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
1
U
B B
C B
B A
A A
D
SU
SD
2
9
B A
IP2
5
R–B
W
L–Y
7 IA2
C
W
C
W
R
L–Y
R–B
W
C
W
W
J33
Junction
Connector
IA2
L–R
J7
Junction Connector
C
C
C
12
W
C
L–R
L–Y
IP2
R
10 IP2
A A
R
B
R–B
5
L–Y
B
4
L–R
3
L–R
P13
Power Window Motor Front RH
L–B
2
1
M
W/L 2
22 C
L–Y
24 C
W
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
L–O
L–O
L–O
L–O
W
192
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
D17
Power Window Master SW
R
G–W
M
1
U
D
2
7 BA1
6 BA1
5
2
3
SU
SD
L–B
2
L
3
SD
1
G–R
2
SU
6 IA2
M
L–B
5
1
IA2
G–W
P15
Power Window Motor
Rear RH
6 BB1
L
G
7 BB1
9
RLD
10
P14
Power Window Motor
Rear LH
L
R–L
IA2
G
IA2
10
G–B
2
L–O
12 IA1
B–R
W
IA2
G–B
11 IA2
5
RLU
12
G
RRD
16
G–R
RRU
18
B
R
BW
7
B
B2
11
B
B
6
R–B
PU
13
R
PD
15
1
U
D
R–B
B
B
W
W
4
5
BB1
4
5 BA1
W
W
P10
Power Window Control
SW Rear LH
W
P11
Power Window Control
SW Rear RH
W
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
L–O
L–O
L–O
193
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Window
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
7
10 1B
6 1B
E
1
6 IA1
8
IA1
W3
Wireless Door Lock Buzzer
2
G
GND
L
PLS
14
W–B
VCC
3
BZR2
12 A
3 1K
BR–B
W–G
L
L–B
PLS2
17
W–R
DU
4
W–L
DD
9
BZR
9
Y–B
D17
Power Window Master SW
UL3
P–B
L2
20
1
L
G
2
1
2
D
3
U
PLS2
4
SSRB
5
PLS
9
6
10
L
E
UL
E
P12
Power Window Motor Front LH
B
D16
Door Key Lock and
Unlock SW Front LH
B
W–B
B
7
J38
Junction
Connector
W–B
IA2
W–B
4
W–B
B–R
B–R
L–O
L–O
194
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RDA
PRG
4 B
DCTY
3 B
PCTY
23 B
RLCY
24 B
RRCY
11 B
12 B
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
10A
DOME
H B
2
2
P–L
P–B
R–Y
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction Connector
R–B
1
A11 IE1
8 IO1
P–L
1
D15
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH
1
R
D
1
D14
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH
1
J7
Junction
Connector
D13
Door Courtesy SW
Front RH
D
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
R
C2 IC4
P–B
R–B
R
L–R
G–O
F A
A15 IE1
2
3
5
RDA
PRG
L–R
R
A13 IE1
G–O
A12 IE1
+B
E
1
D7
Door Control Receiver
A A
A A
W–B
W–B
A B
A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction Connector
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
L–O
L–O
BO
BL
195
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Window
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
BECU
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
MPX2
MPX2
23 A
11
1 A
BECU
5 A
GND
3 A
SIG
6 A
BDR
4 A
L–R
W–B
B
L
9 BD1
7 BD1
10 BD1
5 BD1
6 BD1
W–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
12 1F
R
4 1B
BR–R
1
10A
ECU–B
IE1
W–R
2
W–R
A14
2
BR–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
196
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
HALF
FULL
LSE
3
2
1
4
5
6
3
5
R
T10
Tailgate Control SW
1
G
SSRB
L–W
21 B
W–R
7 B
B–O
6 B
B–R
IC–
23 B
G–Y
IC2
17 B
R–G
IC1
16 B
Y–G
IC+
11 B
R–B
BDDN
25 B
Y–B
BDUP
13 B
V–Y
UP
5 B
GR–R
DOWN
4 B
LG–B
E
19 B
6
2
3
PLS2
PLS
E
B11
Back Door Power Window Motor
B7
Back Door Courtesy SW
Back Door Half Latch SW
197
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Window
System Outline
∗ The power window system is controlled by the body ECU. This system has following features.
1. Manual Up and Down Function
This function causes the window to open or close while the power window switch is being pulled halfway up or pushed
halfway down. The window stops as soon as the switch is released.
2. Front Doors One–Touch Auto Up and Down Function
The front doors one–touch auto up and down function enables the window of front doors to be fully opened or closed at a
touch of the power window switch.
3. Jam Protection Function
A jam protection function automatically stops the power window and moves it downward if a foreign object gets jammed in
the window during one–touch auto–up operation.
4. Remote Control Function
The up and down operations of the front passenger door window and the rear door windows can be controlled by operating
the power window master switch.
5. Ker–Off Operation Function
Within about 45 seconds when turn OFF the ignition SW or open and shut the driver’s seat door, this function enables the
door window operation with the power window master switch and/or the manual operation at each passenger’s seat door.
(The driver’s seat door includes the one–touch auto up and down operation as well)
6. Key–Linked Up and Down Function
A key–linked up and down function, which is linked to the driver door key cylinder operation, open or close the window of the
all doors.
∗ When the battery terminal or fuse is disconnected, the glass position of all doors have to be reset to the initial positions,
door by door, by the power window control switch in accordance with the following procedure:
A) Reconnect the battery terminal or fuse.
B) Turn ON the ignition switch.
C) Lower the window of each door by the power window switch to open it halfway or more.
D) Then move the window up by the power window switch to close it fully.
Do not release the switch for at least one second after the window is fully closed.
: Parts Location
Code
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1B
1E
1F
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
24
Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
(
Finish Panel))
1H
1J
1K
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IA1
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
48
Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
52
Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1
54
Rear Door No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1
54
Rear Door No.1 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Center Pillar)
BD1
54
Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)
IA2
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
199
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Door Lock Control
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
20A DR/LCK
10A DOME
15A IG1
7. 5A ACC
1
7. 5A GAUGE
1
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
ACC
22
BDR1
12
DRLP
12 C
DCY2
11 C
SPD
14
2
2
1 1G
W–L
V–R
9 1E
16
17 A
8 C
5 B
4 B
G–W
Y–R
R
GR–R
C2 IC4
J7
Junction
Connector
A
SP1
2
V–Y
4 1G
R–L
2
R
18 1J
S8
Skid Control
ECU
Speedometer
Y–R
D
J7
Junction
Connector
A
R
H
J20
Junction
Connector
D
F B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
J25
Junction
Connector
A
H A
Door
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
Y–R
H
15 C
16 C
13 C
Y–R
R–L
R
R
BR
A
BR
7 IM1
Y–R
2 IM1
3
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
1
G–B
BR
G–B
EF
200
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
PCTY
24 B
RLCY
11 B
L1
RRCY
12 B
19
P–L
P–B
1
5
IA1
A
D
A
D
L–W
L–O
L–W
L–O
L–O
L–W
E A
B
B
B
W–B
J38
Junction
Connector
W–B
G–B
D
4 IA1
L–O
1
D15
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH
D14
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH
1
A
P–L
P–B
D13
Door Courtesy SW
Front RH
1
1 1K
8 IO1
J 8(A)
Junction
Connector
E A
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
R–B
G–B
1
5
R–W
A11 IE1
J6
Junction
Connector
L
8
W–B
F A
UL
G–W
H B
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
B A
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
E
D B
5 1K
L–W
R–Y
R–B
G–B
D17
Door Lock Control SW Front LH
UL1
15
L–O
DCTY
23 B
L–W
P
17 B
C
J35
Junction
Connector
W–B
C
G–B
4 IA2
W–B
8 IM1
G–B
201
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Door Lock Control
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
L2
UL3
12 A
20
ACTD
10 A
LSWD
21 A
LSWP
30 A
ACT+
ACT–
23
24
9 1L
18 1L
B–W
3 1K
L–R
L–B
B–W
L–R
W–R
L–B
G
L
Lock
3
L
B–R
L
W–B
W–B
9
G
B1
13 IA2
10
1
UL
UL
7
8 IA2
7 IP1
B–W
IA1
B–R
8
B
6 IA1
B–W
5 IP1
W
W–B
IP1
L–O
6
6
6 1L
L
R
5
L–W
Unlock
D18
Door Lock Control SW
Front RH
IA1
8
4
7
1
4
LSSR
L
LSSR
7
IP2
UL
2 IP2
L
L–O
E
IP2
E
D16
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Door Lock Detection SW Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
8
D19
Door Lock Detection
SW Front RH
Door Lock Motor
Front RH
W–B
W–B
7
W–B
4
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
202
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
LSR
KSW
GND2
14 C
16
GND1
4
L
14 A
GR
G–Y
5
2 1H
22 1L
10 1L
W
L–B
L–R
W
L–B
L–R
A B
10 BA1
11 BA1
12 BA1
10 BB1
11 BB1
12 BB1
A A
G–Y
E A
E B
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
15 1K
GR
11 1L
W–B
23 1L
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
16 1L
L–B
L–R
W
L–B
L–R
6
1
4
6
1
4
C B
LSSR
E
5 EA1 (2UZ–FE)
3 EA1 (1GR–FE)
L
E
W–B
9
4 BA1
4 BB1
W–B
D20
Door Lock Detection SW
Rear LH
Door Lock Motor Rear LH
W–B
W–B
9
UL
D21
Door Lock Detection SW
Rear RH
Door Lock Motor Rear RH
GR
L
4
2
K3
Unlock Warning SW
UL
G–Y
LSSR
GR
W
B A
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
D6 IC4
L
G2
Generator
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A B
J15(B)
Junction
Connector
A B
W–B
A
A
A
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
203
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Door Lock Control
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
10A
ECU–IG
10
W–R
B–R
BECU
5 A
SIG
6 A
MPX2
1 A
2
2
2 1F
R
8 1F
BDR
4 A
5 BD1
9 BD1
BR–R
4 1B
W–R
12 1F
W–R
2
BR–R
30A
POWER
B
11
10A
ECU–B
B–R
SIG
6 BD1 7 BD1
L–O
BR–R
A14 IE1
204
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–R
BECU
L–O
MPX2
23 A
1
L–R
1
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
L
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
LG–R
5
6
4
3
1
2
1
M
2
10 BD1
W–B
Courtesy SW
Half Latch SW
Lock Detection SW
Lock Motor
A A
A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
BO
W–B
A B
W–B
B7
Back Door
Back Door
Back Door
Back Door
GND
3 A
W–B
V–W
HSW–
22 B
L–R
HSW+
10 B
B10
Back Door Opener SW
ACT–
14 B
L–B
ACT+
15 B
B–R
LSE
21 B
BR–W
POS
8 B
G–Y
FULL
7 B
R–G
HALF
6 B
BL
205
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Door Lock Control
System Outline
The door lock control is controlled through the various signals input into the body ECU through communication control of the
body ECU etc.
1. Manual Unlock Operation
When the door lock control SW of the driver’s or passenger’s side door is pushed to UNLOCK, the door lock will unlock.
2. Manual Lock Operation
When the door lock control SW of the driver’s or passenger’s side door is pushed to LOCK, the door lock will lock.
3. Door Key Unlock Operation
∗ Unlock operation from driver’s side door
When the driver’s side door is unlocked once using the ignition key, only the driver’s side door is unlocked. If this operation
is repeated within 3 seconds, all the other doors are unlocked.
4. Ignition Key Reminder Operation
When the door lock operation is made using the door knob with the ignition key remained inserted in the key cylinder and the
door open, unlock operation is automatically made. Additionally, if lock operation is made with the door lock control SW or
door key lock and unlock SW, unlock operation is automatically made after the lock operation has been completed.
5. Shift–Lever–Interlocked Auto Lock Control
∗ Auto lock operation
The auto lock control automatically locks all doors when the shift lever is thrown into another position from parking –– with
all doors closed, the ignition switch ON, and the engine running.
∗ Auto unlocking operation
The auto lock control automatically unlocks all doors when the shift lever is thrown into parking from another position ––
with the ignition switch ON, traveling at a speed not exceeding 16 km/h.
6. Vehicle–Speed–Interlocked Auto Lock Control
∗ Auto lock operation control
If any of the doors are not locked with the ignition switch ON and the engine running, the auto lock control automatically
locks all doors when the vehicle has gathered speed reaching or exceeding 20 km/h.
∗ Unlocking prevention feature
When the vehicle is traveling at a speed reaching or exceeding 20 km/h, the unlocking function that prevents driver from
locking himself out is disabled.
∗ Auto lock repeat prevention feature
Once auto lock is activated, auto lock operation cannot not be repeated –– until a door is opened or the ignition switch is
turned OFF with the vehicle traveling at a speed not exceeding 16 km/h.
7. Door–Open/Close–Interlocked Auto Unlocking
When the driver’s seat door is opened within 10 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF with the door closed, all
doors are unlocked automatically.
∗ When the battery terminal or fuse is disconnected for some reason, resetting to the initial status is necessary using the
door lock control SW front LH (Driver’s seat master SW) in accordance with the following procedure:
(1) Reconnect the battery terminal or fuse.
(2) With the back door closed, operate the door lock control SW front LH (Driver’s seat master SW) for locking and
unlocking.
Service Hints
Body ECU
11, 12–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
B8 (A) Back Door ECU
(A) 4, (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A) 3–Ground : Always continuity
D19
Door Lock Detection SW
Front RH
Door Lock Motor
Front RH
UL
L
E
D20
Door Lock Detection SW
Rear LH
Door Lock Motor Rear LH
9
4 BA1
4 BB1
W–B
J38
Junction
Connector
8
UL
W–B
D16
Door Lock Detection SW
Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
W–B
W–B
B
7 IP2
7
LSSR
E
7
11 1L
W–B
L
IP1
B–R
4
7
B
IA2
8
LSSR
23 1L
W
L–R
L–B
UL
8
B–W
1
7 IA1
W
IA2
B–R
13
16 1L
L–R
L–B
W–R
B–W
10 A
D21
Door Lock Detection
SW Rear RH
Door Lock Motor
Rear RH
W–B
W–B
W–B
IA2
W–B
4
W–B
W–B
B
W–R
W–R
B–R
B–R
R–W
R–W
A
A
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
213
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wireless Door Lock Control
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RDA
PRG
4 B
LMRY
3 B
3 A
DRLP
12 C
A12 IE1
A13
IE1
R
D
V–Y
J7
Junction Connector
7. 5A
GAUGE
R
D
R
L–R
G–O
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
17 A
A15 IE1
C2 IC4
1 IC3
1
R–L
2
2
E
R
R
W–B
2
5
A A
A A
15 C
2
DOME
Relay
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
A A
2
R–L
D7
Door Control
Receiver
W–B
1
C 8(A), C10(C)
Combination Meter
+B
Door
5
10A
DOME
R
3
PRG
R
R
2
RDA
L–R
G–O
4 1G
3
1
A B
10 BD1
2
2
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
W–R
W–R
B–R
B–R
R–W
BO
W–B
W–B
W–B
BL
214
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
1
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
11
BDR
4 A
MPX2
1 A
BECU
5 A
SIG
GND
6 A
3 A
2
1
R
L–R
B
9 BD1
7 BD1
5 BD1
BR–R
W–R
B–R
IE1
BR–R
W–R
W–R
2
W–R
A14
2
6 BD1
L–O
10A
ECU–B
L
12 1F
L–O
4 1L
BR–R
2 1F
4 1B
W–R
30A
POWER
MPX2
23 A
W–B
BECU
W–R
B–R
W–B
215
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wireless Door Lock Control
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
IC1
IC2
IC–
5
6
4
1
2
3
4
5
R
1
G
SSRB
L–W
23 B
W–R
17 B
B–O
16 B
Y–G
IC+
11 B
R–B
BDDN
25 B
Y–B
BDUP
13 B
B–R
LSE
21 B
L–R
ACT–
14 B
L–B
ACT+
15 B
BR–W
POS
8 B
G–Y
FULL
7 B
R–G
HALF
6 B
6
2
3
PLS2
PLS
M
B11
Back Door Power Window Motor
B7
Back Door
Back Door
Back Door
Back Door
Courtesy SW
Half Latch SW
Lock Detection SW
Lock Motor
216
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
E
System Outline
Door lock control (Lock and unlock), back window control (Back window open) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is
performed by remote control, without the ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves
emitted by a transmitter.
1. Normal Operation
∗ Lock operation
When the lock SW on the transmitter is pressed, all the doors are locked.
∗ Unlock operation
When the unlock SW on the transmitter is pressed once, only the driver door is unlocked. When the unlock SW is pressed
again within 3 seconds, all the doors are unlocked.
2. Auto Lock Function
When the door is not actually opened within 30 seconds after the door has been unlocked by the unlock SW on the
transmitter, all the doors are automatically locked. If any of the following conditions are detected, the wireless door lock does
not function.
∗ Any door is opened.
∗ The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW.
∗ When the lock detection SW of all the doors are locked.
3. Wireless Door Lock Stop Function
If any of the following conditions are detected, the wireless door lock does not function.
Lock operation
∗ When any door is open (Door courtesy SW on)
∗ The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW (Unlock warning SW on)
∗ Ignition SW is on
Unlock operation
∗ Ignition SW is on
4. Buzzer Sound Function
During lock operation, when the body ECU receives a lock signal from the door lock detection SW, the wireless door lock
buzzer goes on once. During unlock operation, when the body ECU receives an unlock signal from the door lock detection
SW, the wireless door lock buzzer goes on twice.
With any door open, when the body ECU receives a lock signal from the transmitter, the wireless door lock buzzer goes on
for approx. 10 seconds. If the door is closed, or ignition SW is on, or if the unlock signal is received from the transmitter while
the buzzer is on, the buzzer stops.
5. Visual Confirmation of Lock or Unlock
During lock operation, when the body ECU receives a lock signal from the door lock detection SW, the turn signal light is
flashed once. During unlock operation, when the body ECU receives an unlock signal from the door lock detection SW, the
turn signal light is flashed twice.
6. Remote Panic Operation
Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once,
interior lights light up, and theft alarm and horn sounds and turn signal light, headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or
the unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed once more, interior lights are turned off, sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will
not function when ignition key is in ignition key cylinder.
7. Repeat Function
If the lock detection signal in response to the output signal is not received after the body ECU has output the lock signal, the
lock signal is output again.
8. Buzzer Volume Control
The volume of the wireless door lock buzzer can be set among 5 steps by operating the transmitter, when the ignition SW is
off, any door open, and the ignition key is not in the ignition key cylinder.
9. Back Window Control
When the ignition SW is off, the ignition key is not inserted into the ignition key cylinder, the back window can be opened by
pressing the back window open SW of the transmitter for approximately 0.8 seconds. At that time, the wireless door lock
buzzer beeps once.
10. Illuminated Entry Function
When the body ECU detects the unlock state after the unlock operation has been made, it turns on the lights, such as the
ignition key cylinder light and interior light for approx. 15 sec. If all the doors are locked during this operation, lighting is
cancelled and the lights immediately fade out.
217
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wireless Door Lock Control
Service Hints
Body ECU
11, 12–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
B8 (A) Back Door ECU
(A) 4, (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A) 3–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
B4
D16
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Door Lock Detection SW Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
J38
Junction
Connector
B
W–B
B–R
A B
4 IA2
W–B
A B
J15(B)
Junction
Connector
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
1
B–R
13 IA2
E
7
W–R
G
G–Y
B–R
A 3D
L
J12
Junction
Connector
A 3D
IA1
2
9
J20
Junction
Connector
8
B–W
G–Y
12
W
BR–Y
1
L–R
B–R
G–Y
T1
Theft
Deterrent
Horn
BR–B
1
B–W
G
BR–B
E A
L
A B
L
A B
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction Connector
G–Y
B B
2 IN1
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction Connector
G–Y
BR–B
B B
BR–Y
3 1K
BR–Y
W–R
B–R
B–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
A
A
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
223
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Theft Deterrent
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
11
9 1L
18 1L
6 1L
16 1L
23 1L
11 1L
15 1K
22 1L
10 1L
4 1L
12 1F
4 1B
W–R
BECU
5
W–R
LSR
24
L–R
ACT+
W–R
ACT–
23
W
L–B
L–R
W
L–B
L–R
2 IP2
10 BA1
11 BA1
12 BA1
10 BB1
11 BB1
12 BB1
W
L–B
L–R
W
L–B
L–R
6
1
4
6
1
4
B–W
L–R
L–R
L–B
B–W
W–R
B–W
IP2
B–R
7
B
7 IP1
7
1
4
LSSR
UL
L
LSSR
LSSR
E
UL
L
E
D20
Door Lock Detection
SW Rear LH
Door Lock Motor
Rear LH
9
4 IP2
4 BA1
4 BB1
W–B
W–B
9
W–B
D19
Door Lock Detection
SW Front RH
Door Lock Motor
Front RH
W–B
W–B
L
W–B
E
8
UL
D21
Door Lock Detection
SW Rear RH
Door Lock Motor
Rear RH
W–R
W–R
B–R
B–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
A
A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
224
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
MPX2
1 A
BDR
4 A
BECU
5 A
SIG
6 A
HSW+
HSW–
10 B
22 B
LG–R
MPX2
23 A
V–W
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
GND
3 A
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
B
9 BD1
6 BD1
7 BD1
5 BD1
W–B
L–R
2
L
10A
ECU–B
R
1
BR–R
1
30A
POWER
2
A14
IE1
10 BD1
1
BR–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
2
A A
A A
W–B
A B
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction Connector
W–R
B10
Back Door Opener SW
B–R
W–R
L–O
2 1F
L–O
2
W–R
BO
W–B
W–B
B–R
BL
225
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Theft Deterrent
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
L–R
ACT–
14 B
L–B
ACT+
15 B
B–R
LSE
21 B
BR–W
POS
8 B
G–Y
FULL
7 B
R–G
HALF
6 B
5
6
4
3
1
2
M
B7
Back Door
Back Door
Back Door
Back Door
Courtesy SW
Half Latch SW
Lock Detection SW
Lock Motor
226
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Service Hints
Body ECU
11, 12–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
B8 (A) Back Door ECU
(A) 4, (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A) 3–Ground : Always continuity
T5 Theft Deterrent ECU
2, 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
29–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
B4
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
J7
Junction
Connector
D
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
2
S8
Skid Control ECU
D
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
R
2
R
4 1G
R–L
H A
SP1
C2 IC4
16
GR–R
16 C
4 B
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
Speedometer
15 C
R
F B
E A
A/T OIL TEMP
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
G–B
G–B
4
3
2
L
17 D
16 D
15 D
14 D
G–W
W
G
L
P–L
B–L
5 B
13 C
BR
D
18 D
V–R
N
19 D
R–Y
(4WD)
P
G–B
15 A
R
1 C
P
20 D
G–B
A B
1 1G
R–Y
G–W
7 IM1
11 1K
G
V–R
W
L
B 3D
BR
P–L
B–L
B 3D
V–R
V–R
P
(4WD)
EF
235
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
System Outline
Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. The
electronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response to
the vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible by
shift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,
squat and gear shift shock when starting off.
1. Gear Shift Operation
When driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from the
engine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal from vehicle speed sensor is input to TERMINAL SP2+ of the
engine control module. At the same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle position sensor is input to
TERMINALS VTA1 and VTA2 of the engine control module as throttle angle signal.
Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends current
to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.
2. Line Hydraulic Pressure Control
The engine control module adjusts the line hydraulic pressure to the optimal level by controlling TERMINAL SLT+ of the
module according to the engine torque data. This realizes the smooth gear shifting.
3. High Response Gear Shifting Control
The engine control module performs the high response engine torque up control to control the ignition–timing lag as well as
opening the electronic throttle when shifting down. By doing this, the gear shifting is performed in a short period of time.
Moreover, the engine control module uses the orifice switching control, which optimizes the speed of applying and reducing
the hydraulic pressure. And it realizes the fine shifting condition by applying and reducing hydraulic pressure slowly when
the gear shifting shock is important and quickly when the high response is required.
4. Clutch Hydraulic Pressure Control
The engine control module controls the clutch operation in the optimal timing and with the best hydraulic pressure according
to the engine torque data and the number of the clutch revolution
5. Lock–Up and Flexible Lock–Up Control
The engine control module carries out the lock–up control by controlling the TERMINAL SLU+ of the module according to
the shift position, vehicle speed, throttle opening degree and running conditions. The engine control module also steadily
keeps applying the lock–up clutch a delicate slippage to improve the transmission efficiency (Fuel efficiency) of the torque
converter.
6. Stop Light SW Circuit
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.
7. AI–Shift Control
The engine control module judges whether the road is downslope or upslope by detecting the throttle opening degree or the
vehicle’s speed. Moreover it can expect the winding roads by detecting the turning condition of the vehicle. The engine
control module keeps unnecessary shifting up from the fourth gear from operating and carries out the automatic shifting
down to the third gear in order to control the vehicle running according to the road conditions. The engine control module
also reads the driver’s intention during driving from his (her) accelerating operation and the running conditions of the vehicle.
As a result of that, ideal shifting patters for each driver are automatically selected without any switching operations.
Service Hints
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C), E7 (D), E8 (E) Engine Control Module
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(D) 6, (E) 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(C)12–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
(A) 6, (A) 7, (B) 8, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
P1 Park/Neutral Position SW
3–1 : Closed with the shift lever in P position
3–2 : Closed with the shift lever in R position
3–5 : Closed with the shift lever in N position
3–7 : Closed with the shift lever in D position or 4 position
3–4 : Closed with the shift lever in 3 position
3–8 : Closed with the shift lever in 2 position or L position
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
J7
Junction
Connector
D
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
2
S8
Skid Control ECU
D
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
R
2
R
4 1G
R–L
H A
SP1
C2 IC4
16
GR–R
16 C
4 B
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
Speedometer
15 C
R
F B
E A
A/T OIL TEMP
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
G–B
G–B
3
2
L
18 D
16 D
15 D
14 D
R–Y
G–W
W
L
P–L
B–L
5 B
13 C
BR
D
19 D
V–R
N
1 C
G–B
G–B
R
20 D
P
15 A
P(4WD)
A B
1 1G
R–Y
G–W
7 IM1
11 1K
V–R
W
L
B 3D
BR
P–L
B–L
B 3D
V–R
V–R
P(4WD)
EF
243
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
System Outline
Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. The
electronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response to
the vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible by
shift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,
squat and gear shift shock when starting off.
1. Gear Shift Operation
When driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from the
engine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal from vehicle speed sensor is input to TERMINAL SP2+ of the
engine control module. At the same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle control motor and sensor is input
to TERMINALS VTA1 and VTA2 of the engine control module as throttle angle signal.
Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends current
to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.
2. Lock–Up Operation
When the engine control module decides based on each signal that the lock–up condition has been met, the current flows
through TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL 7 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to
GROUND, causing lock–up operation.
3. Stop Light SW Circuit
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.
Service Hints
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C), E7 (D), E8 (E) Engine Control Module
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(D) 6, (E) 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)16–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
(A)6, (A) 7, (B) 6, (B) 7, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
P1 Park/Neutral Position SW
3–1 : Closed with the shift lever in P position
3–2 : Closed with the shift lever in R position
3–5 : Closed with the shift lever in N position
3–7 : Closed with the shift lever in D position or 3 position
3–4 : Closed with the shift lever in 2 position
3–8 : Closed with the shift lever in L position
: Parts Location
Code
T2
Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
BR
3
247
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
10A
STOP
10A
IGN
2
2
G–W
B–O
C
C
B–O
J4
Junction
Connector
3
J 8(A)
Junction
Connector
1
4
R–L
B 3C
2
G–Y
S12
Stop Light SW
G–Y
15 IC3
11 1J
B–O
23 1E
B A
B A
B–O
G–Y
G–Y
B 3C
H A
J4
Junction
Connector
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B A
E
C12 IC4
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B B
E
G–Y
R–L
B–O
E B
19 D
12 D
9 E
STP
ST1–
IGSW
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
C B
C B
E1
4WD
1 C
CCS
SPD
24 D
8 B
17 D
PI
13 D
LG
V–R
IL1
BR
C
C
5
ECC
J26
Junction
Connector
CCS
B A
D B
+ RES
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
4
C
C
ON–OFF
J33(A), J34(B)
Junction
Connector
1
L–B
10 IM2
BR
BR
(4WD)
BR
L–B
W–B
EOM
15 E
W–B
HP
1 D
W–B
ME01
4 C
W–B
E03
7 C
W–B
E02
6 A
W–B
E01
7 A
EE
IK
EF
248
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
– SET
LG
V–R
C13
Combination SW
J37
Junction
Connector
A
BR
W–B
B A
CANCEL
V–R
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
2
2
R
4 1G
J7
Junction
Connector
D
C2 IC4
R
R
R–L
D
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
F B
Speedometer
16 C
CRUISE
LG
13 C
4 B
GR–R
5 B
V–R
11 A
BR
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
15 C
1 1G
16
7 IM1
SP1
V–R
11 1K
S8
Skid Control
ECU
B 3D
BR
LG
B 3D
V–R
V–R
EF
249
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
System Outline
The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makes
it possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel pedal.
1. Set Operation
When the ON–OFF SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns on the
indicator light in the combination meter.
2. Set Speed Control
When the – SET SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehicle speed is
controlled.
3. Coast Control
When the – SET SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
decelerate the vehicle. Every time the – SET SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is decelerated
approximately 1.5 km/h.
4. Accel Control
When the + RES SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
accelerate the vehicle. Every time the + RES SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is accelerated
approximately 1.5 km/h.
5. Resume Control
When the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, use
of the + RES SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.
6. Manual Cancel Mechanism
If any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW is turned on.
∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.
∗ The ON–OFF SW is turned off.
7. Auto Cancel Function
If any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.
∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.
∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.
8. Overdrive Control Function
Overdrive is sometimes cut off on gradients during cruise control driving. When end of climbing gradient is determined by
throttle opening degree information after overdrive is canceled, control is reset to overdrive condition after overdrive resetting
timer operation. Also, when overdrive is cut off during accelerator resuming control, control is reset to overdrive condition
when accelerator resuming control is finished.
Service Hints
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C), E7 (D), E8 (E) Engine Control Module
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(D) 6, (E) 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6, (A) 7, (B) 8, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with brake pedal depressed
(D)24–Ground : Continuity with cruise control ON–OFF SW at on
Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on in cruise control SW
C13 Combination SW
5–4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
W–B
B
B
BATT
E A
P–L
GR
3 E
2
B
C 3C
R–Y
L
8 E
MREL
2
B
A 3A
H B
EFI
Relay
2
C 3C
C5 IC4
2
1
3
A 3A
F A
W–G
5
H
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
C17 IC4
2
G
J35(A), J36(B)
Junction
Connector
J4
Junction
Connector
B
W–G
W–G
B
H
R–Y
L
G
P–L
L
GR
2
R–Y
2
2
R–Y
2
SIL
7
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
S6
Transmission
Control SW
15A
IG1
NSSD
9
G–Y
8 1J
A
H
G–Y
Y–R
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
D 3E
Y–R
A A
H
2 IM1
C13 IC4
C11 IC4
W–R
R–B
B–Y
W–L
LG–B
V–W
A
22 E
23 E
26 E
27 E
28 E
29 E
VPA
VPA2
VCPA
VCP2
EPA
E B
A
8 IC3
Y–R
G–Y
C16 IC4
A A
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
3
Y–R
9 IC3
V–W
A8 IC4
J20
Junction
Connector
2
LG–B
EP2
5
W–L
EP1
1
B–Y
VCP2
4
R–B
VCP1
3
W–R
VPA2
6
D 3E
7
A
VPA1
G–Y
J7
Junction
Connector
A24
Accel Position Sensor
G–Y
Y–R
9 IM1
J25
Junction
Connector
10 D
D
EPA2
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
M–
GE01
17 C
E2
28 A
HP
1 D
EOM
15 E
C B
C B
6
4
VTA1
VTA2
2
M+
1
B A
M–
E2
3
T2
Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
W–B
A
J37
Junction
Connector
VC
BR
5
J33(A), J34(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
BR
W–B
B
(Shielded)
B
L–R
J27
Junction
Connector
L–R
2 C
L
M+
3 C
P
VTA2
31 A
G–W
VTA1
21 A
G–B
VC
18 A
IK
253
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
10A
STOP
10A
IGN
2
2
11 1J
G–W
B–O
C
C
B–O
J4
Junction
Connector
3
J 8(A)
Junction
Connector
1
4
R–L
B 3C
2
G–Y
S12
Stop Light SW
G–Y
15 IC3
B–O
23 1E
B A
B A
B–O
G–Y
G–Y
B 3C
H A
J4
Junction
Connector
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B A
E
C12 IC4
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B B
E
G–Y
R–L
B–O
E B
19 D
12 D
9 E
STP
IGSW
ST1–
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
E01
7 A
E02
6 A
E03
7 C
E04
7 B
E05
6 B
ME01
4 C
E1
SPD
CCS
1 C
17 D
24 D
PI
13 D
J28
Junction
Connector
F
1
IL1
L–B
BR
BR
10 IM2
LG
V–R
L–B
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
F
C
5
ECC
ON–OFF
CCS
D B
+ RES
B A
EF
EE
254
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
– SET
CANCEL
LG
V–R
C13
Combination SW
BR
C
4
J27
Junction
Connector
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
C
V–R
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
2
2
R
4 1G
J7
Junction
Connector
D
C2 IC4
R
R
R–L
D
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
F B
Speedometer
16 C
CRUISE
LG
13 C
4 B
GR–R
5 B
V–R
11 A
BR
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
15 C
1 1G
16
7 IM1
SP1
V–R
11 1K
S8
Skid Control
ECU
B 3D
BR
LG
B 3D
V–R
V–R
EF
255
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
System Outline
The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makes
it possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel pedal.
1. Set Operation
When the ON–OFF SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns on the
indicator light in the combination meter.
2. Set Speed Control
When the – SET SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehicle speed is
controlled.
3. Coast Control
When the – SET SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
decelerate the vehicle. Every time the – SET SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is decelerated
approximately 1.5 km/h.
4. Accel Control
When the + RES SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
accelerate the vehicle. Every time the + RES SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is accelerated
approximately 1.5 km/h.
5. Resume Control
When the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, use
of the + RES SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.
6. Manual Cancel Mechanism
If any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW is turned on.
∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.
∗ The ON–OFF SW is turned off.
7. Auto Cancel Function
If any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.
∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.
∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.
8. Overdrive Control Function
Overdrive is sometimes cut off on gradients during cruise control driving. When end of climbing gradient is determined by
throttle opening degree information after overdrive is canceled, control is reset to overdrive condition after overdrive resetting
timer operation. Also, when overdrive is cut off during accelerator resuming control, control is reset to overdrive condition
when accelerator resuming control is finished.
Service Hints
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C), E7 (D), E8 (E) Engine Control Module
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(D) 6, (E) 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)6, (A) 7, (B) 6, (B) 7, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with brake pedal depressed
(D)24–Ground : Continuity with cruise control ON–OFF SW at on
Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on in cruise control SW
C13 Combination SW
5–4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on
A 4(A), A 5(B), A 6(C), A 7(D), A 8(E)
ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
PH
11 D
R–Y
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
Skid Control ECU
D1
Data Link Connector 3
LG
W–B
260
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
LG
24 A
L4
F A
G B
B
20 A
IND2
F 9(A), F10(B)
4WD Control ECU
A
HDCS
11 IM2
B
J28
Junction
Connector
B 3F
II
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
A
IK
1
D B
3
8 C
GND3
W–B
17 C
D B
D B
B 3F
B 3F
A
A
A
Y–R
J35
Junction
Connector
E
H A
H A
8 IM1
A
GND4
3
E A
3
4
A A
22 B
P1
E A
A B
LG
J7
Junction
Connector
A
J20(A)
Junction
Connector
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
15A
IG1
J25
Junction
Connector
C
Y–R
E A
(*2)
15 C
C
T7
TRAC Off SW
2
R–W
A B
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
Y–R
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
B
E
(* 2)
9
W–B
EXI
G–B
G–B
2
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
CDL
E
A
G–B
G–B
J 8(A)
Junction
Connector
2
W–B
STPO
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
C A
(* 1)
G–B
B A
W–B
T3
Transfer Shift
Actuator
W–G
12 1J
(* 1)
3 B
J1
Junction
Connector
W–B
H B
CD
D
(* 1)
23 C
STOP LP CTRL
Relay
D
W–B
F A
20 D
W–G
STP
W–B
A B
10 C
W–B
24 1E
LG
2
D5
Downhill Assist
Control SW
B A
4
R–L
STP2
1
(4WD)
2 B
LG
J4
Junction
Connector
R–L
3
(4WD)
1
R–L
2
G–B
5
(4WD)
G–Y
2
G–Y
2
R–L
D B
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
2
(4WD)
3
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
G–W
J37
Junction
Connector
ADD
G–W
10A
STOP
W–B
18 B
EXI4
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
18 IC3
G–R
17 B
(4WD)
EXI3
G–R
E
(4WD)
B 3C
G–R
E
G–Y
S12
Stop Light
SW
G–W
2
(4WD)
E
W–L
14 A
(4WD)
E
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
16 IM2
W–L
G–Y
E
(4WD)
GR
(* 3)
B 3C
W–L
GR
(* 3)
15 IC3
(4WD)
E
J28
Junction
Connector
GR
6 EC1
(* 3)
ADD
G–Y
BR–Y(* 4)
G–Y
1
J24
Junction
Connector
GR
GR
(* 3)
A11
ADD Actuator
(* 3)
GR
(* 3)
G–Y(*1)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
Y–R
8 1J
20 1E
A
2
A
2 IM1
Y–R
5 C
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
Skid Control ECU
P
26 B
CSW
IJ1
4
A B
W–B
LG
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
261
VSC
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
10A
ECU–B
10A
IGN
10A
ECU–IG
2
28 1J
B–R
2
A B
G B
B–R
B–O
22 A
B
B–R
A A
10 IC3
GR–G
W–R
15 A
G A
B–R
1
GR–G
C
G A
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
5 1B
B
J1
Junction
Connector
C
J4
Junction
Connector
4 1B
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction
Connector
V5
VSC Warning
Buzzer
B–R
B–O
12 1E
B–R
23 1E
W–R
2
+B1
2 C
IG2
6 C
BZ
IG1
HDCW
23 B
21 A
20 A
16 B
5 B
1 C
6 B
7 B
4 B
4 A
P
GR–L
GR–R
GR–R
B–L
LG–R
R
L–W
Y–R
SS1–
+BO
TRIG
SP1
BRL
WA
IND
WT
BR–Y
SS1+
(* 1)
VSCW
14 B
L
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
Skid Control ECU
7 IC3
5 IH1
4 IH1
12 IC3
BR–Y(*1)
13 IC3
GR–R
GR–L
P
L
Y–R
L–W
R
LG–R
3
SS1+
11
SS1–
9
BAT
10
B–L
TRIG
GR–R
ESS
2
IG1
S11
Steering Sensor
1
B–R
W–B
LG
LG
262
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
* 1 : Except 1GR–FE 2WD
1
D
2
2
R
R
D
R
R–L
4 1G
J7
Junction
Connector
10A
DOME
H A
C2 IC4
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
7. 5A
GAUGE
R
F B
17 C
20 C
4 D
2 D
L–W
R
LG–R
B–L
ABS
13 C
BR
4 B
GR–R
BR–Y(* 1)
3 D
LG
C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
Slip
Speedometer
18 C
BRAKE
VSC TRAC
10 D
Y–R
16 C
DAC
VSC OFF (4WD)
TRAC OFF (2WD)
15 C
Y–R
D3 IC4
7 IM1
LG
BR
L–W
R
LG–R
B–L
GR–R
LG
EF
263
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
VSC
System Outline
1. Normal Operation
The VSC system helps prevent the vehicle from slipping sideways as a result of strong front wheel skid or strong rear wheel
skid during cornering.
The followings are two examples that can be considered as circumstances in which the tires exceed their lateral grip limit.
The VSC system is designed to help control the vehicle behavior by controlling the engine’s output and the brakes at each
wheel when the vehicle is under one of the conditions indicated below.
∗ When the front wheels lose grip in relation to the rear wheels (Strong front wheel skid tendency).
∗ When the rear wheels lose grip in relation to the front wheels (Strong rear wheel skid tendency).
2. Downhill Assist Control Operation
The downhill assist control operation controls braking action of each wheel to help prevent out–of–balance vehicle posture
when descending a steep hill or traveling at a speed exceeding the threshold of wheel gripping capability. When the downhill
assist control is in operation, the brake system controls vehicle speed within the range of 5 to 7 km/h.
For the downhill assist control to be operative all of the following conditions have to be met:
∗ Downhill assist control switch = ON
∗ Transfer L4 selected
∗ Vehicle speed is 5 km/h or more, but less than 25 km/h.
∗ Accelerator pedal OFF
∗ Brake pedal OFF
3. Hill–Start Support Control Operation
When starting on a steep hill for ascending, the hill–start support control automatically puts the brake on momentarily – from
the moment when the driver releases his foot from the brake pedal until he steps on the accelerator pedal – to help the driver
start the vehicle safely and smoothly.
Please bear in mind, however, that it activates the brake system for only 3 seconds.
For the hill–start support control to be operative all of the following conditions have to be met:
∗ Shift position = D, 2, or L
∗ Vehicle not moving forward with some wheel(s) slipping
∗ Vehicle speed > 0 km/h
: Parts Location
Code
A4
Ground Points Location
Front Right Fender
Front Left Fender
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
: Splice Points
Code
E6
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Room Main Wire
Code
E6
See Page
46 (1GR–FE)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Room Main Wire
265
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Active Height Control Suspension and Electric Modulated Air Suspension
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
D1
Data Link Connector 3
50A
AIR SUS
10A
ECU–IG
TC
2
TS
13
14
SIL
7
R–B
R–Y
H A
C A
G A
H A
C A
G A
4
2
5
5 IB2
6 IC2
7 IC2
B–R
P–L
R–B
R–Y
2
BR–Y
J18(A)
Junction
Connector
10A
AIRSUS
NO. 2
3
4
5 IC2
B
1
AIR SUS
Relay
2
R–Y
4
1
B
R–B
J1
Junction
Connector
L–Y
P–L
BR–Y
L–Y
BR–Y
B–R
P–L
12 1E
2
18 A
10 C
6 C
5 C
20 C
IG
TC
TS
4
L–B
2
RC
SIL
S13(A), S14(B), S15(C)
Suspension Control ECU
B
SLLO
P–G
7 A
20 BC2
21 BC2
12 BC2
P–G
2
1
2
1
W–B
W–B
B
A
L1
Low Pressure
Tank Valve
P
4
H14
Height Control
Motor
O
3
B
A
J 2(A)
Junction
Connector
RM–
26 A
L–B
W–B
GR
RM+
25 A
P
6 B
O
IB1
L–B
1
L–B
W–B
1 BC1
W–B
W–B
EB
266
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
H15
Height Control Sensor Rear LH
10A
STOP
H16
Height Control Sensor Rear RH
SHG
SHB
1
2
3
1
GR–G
R–W
22 BC2
17 BC2
11 BC2
SHRR
SHG
2
2
3
2
GR
W
G–R
G–W
SHRL
BR–W
2
SHB
S12
Stop Light
SW
18 BC2
19 BC2
1
G–Y
9 BC2
GR–G
R–W
G–R
W
22 A
23 A
21 A
20 A
24 A
J4
Junction
Connector
GR
BR–W
E
G–Y
E
SBL2
SHRL
SGL2
SBR2
19 A
SHRR
12 B
SGR2
STP
S13(A), S14(B), S15(C)
Suspension Control ECU
LG
L
L–W
G
15 BC2
13 IC2
12 IC2
14 IC2
V–W
V
LG
L
L–W
G
1
3
1
5
HSW
3
GND
1 C
MOD1
12 C
GND2
5 B
A B
A B
A B
LOSW
2
E
HEIGHT
CONTROL OFF
GND
3
H12
Height Control
SW
2
H13
Height Control
Compressor
V
13 BC2
H17
Height Control
Valve
V–W
14 BC2
+
MOD2
11 C
6
A A
A A
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction
Connector
TD
24 B
W–B
DNSW
15 B
W–B
UPSW
16 B
W–B
SLEX
8 A
W–B
SLRR
2 A
A23
Absorber Control SW
SLRL
1 A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
4
W–B
B5
A
W–B
J24
Junction
Connector
W–B
A
BN
II
EB
267
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Active Height Control Suspension and
DCTY
PCTY
RLCY
RRCY
24
20
23
24
11
12
R–G
FRO
4 C
FRO
8 IO1
1
1
D15
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH
R–G
9 C
FLO
1
D13
Door Courtesy SW
Front RH
L–R
8 C
D12
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
L–O
1
P–L
A11 IE1
R–B
F A
P–L
15 IC2
D14
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH
17 IC2
P–B
16 IC2
R–Y
H B
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
P–B
R–B
ACTY
25
L–R
FLO
B5
Body ECU
L–O
S8
Skid Control ECU
DOOR
S13(A), S14(B), S15(C)
Suspension Control ECU
TACH
E8
Engine Control
Module
VN
LO
NR
HI
BR–B
Y–B
Y
8 IC2
4 IC2
3 IC2
2 IC2
1 IC2
BR–B
Y–B
Y
16 C
Y–G
17 C
Y–G
18 C
B–W
15 C
B–W
13 B
TACH
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B–W
5
F B
B–W
G A
C A
Y
C A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
Y–B
BR–B
Y–G
C B
B–W
268
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
10A
DOME
R
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
H A
4 1G
2
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
R–L
R
F B
R
C2 IC4
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
16 C
Tachometer
J7
Junction
Connector
R
15 C
D
13 C
BR
6 B
B–W
OFF
5 A
Y–G
LO
4 A
BR–B
N
3 A
Y–B
HI
2 A
Y
Height Control
R
D
7 IM1
Y
BR
Y–B
BR–B
Y–G
B–W
EF
269
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Active Height Control Suspension and
System Outline
∗ The electric modulated suspension with height control, is a system designed to maintain a constant ride height by means
of an electro–pneumatic system in the rear suspension – to cope with change in load due to possible change in the
number of people and/or the weight of cargo the vehicle has to carry. With three driver’s–choice height–control switches
on the console, the driver can set ride height to any one of the three different ride height modes (High, normal and low):
”High mode” for rough terrain and ”Low mode” for passenger to get on or get off, and for cargo to be loaded or unloaded.
∗ This system has five basic controls as shown below:
∗ Auto leveling control
This control maintains a constant rear vehicle ride height regardless of change in load due to possible change in the
number of passengers and/or the weight of cargo the vehicle has to carry.
∗ Ride height switchover control
This control switches over height mode to the mode selected by the height control switch.
∗ High mode (+ 40 mm / 1.6 in.)
∗ Low mode ( – 20 mm / 0.8 in.)
∗ Speed sensing control
Regardless of the initial height mode setting, ”High mode” or ”Low mode,” this control automatically switches over vehicle
height mode to the optimum ”Normal mode”:
∗ When the vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 30 km/h with height mode set to ”High mode,” or;
∗ When the vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 5 km/h with height mode set to ”Low mode.”
∗ Subsequent control after ignition switch off
After the ignition switch is turned OFF, this control lowers the rear vehicle ride height to offset rear vehicle ride height
elevation due to passengers getting off, etc.
∗ Height control OFF control
Pressing the absorber control switch turns the system OFF, making it possible for the vehicle to be jacked up or towed.
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
A23
36
H13
40
J18
A
38
B5
36
H14
40
J19
B
38
C8
A
37
H15
40
C9
B
37
H16
40
J31
A
38
C10
C
37
H17
40
J32
B
38
D1
37
J1
D12
40
J2
D13
40
J3
D14
40
J4
38
S13
A
39
D15
40
J7
38
S14
B
39
E8
37
J8
A
38
S15
C
39
H12
37
J9
B
38
See Page
L1
40
A
33 (2UZ–FE)
S8
39
B
33 (2UZ–FE)
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
2
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
4
23
Engine Room R/B No.4 (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
See Page
38
33 (2UZ–FE)
: Relay Blocks
Code
J24
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1E
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1G
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
270
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
S12
39
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IB1
IB2
IC2
IC4
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
48
Floor No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IM1
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
IO1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
54
Frame Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Under the Rear LH Seat)
BC1
BC2
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EB
44 (2UZ–FE)
Front Left Fender
EF
44 (2UZ–FE)
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
BN
54
Near the No.5 Crossmember of Side Frame LH
: Splice Points
Code
B5
See Page
54
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Frame Wire
271
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Multi Mode 4WD
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
E 3 : 2UZ–FE
E12 : * 1
W–B
13 1J
T3
Transfer Shift Actuator
10
J7
Junction
Connector
Y–R
8 1J
W–B
20A
4WD
W–B
15A
IG1
6
GND
GND
A
M
M
Y–R
A
V
CDL
J20(A)
Junction
Connector
9
HL1
12
HL2
TM1
11
TM2
2
1
TL1
TL2
3
4
TL3
5
G
L
L–Y
17 B
26 B
2 B
5 B
25 B
L–B
GR
4 B
L–W
R–B
1 B
24 B
23 B
(* 1)
Y
B
L–R
J28
Junction
Connector
Y–R
H A
B
A
R–L
J25
Junction
Connector
HM2
7
R–L
H A
HM1
8
A
6 A
22 B
IG
P1
HM1
HM2
HL1
HL2
TM1
TM2
TL1
TL2
TL3
Y–R
F 9(A), F10(B)
4WD Control ECU
P
2–4
8 A
G–W
N
22 A
LO
GND
15 A
DL
1 A
16 A
GR
L
(*1)
Y–R
2 IM1
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
6
3
II1
(* 1)
(*1)
H4
4
L4
W–B
H2
GND
4
W–B
C B
A A
A B
W–B
B A
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
272
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
A
IK
W–B
F11
4WD Control SW
G–W
G–W
LO
(* 1)
3
D4
Diff. Lock SW
2
2–4
(*1)
10 IM1
GR
W–B
5
C A
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
5
J33(A), J34(B)
Junction
Connector
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
C B
J37
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
A
A
IG
J5
Junction
Connector
1
DM1
E
2 EC1
3 EC1
2
DM2
6
DL1
BR–W
11 A
5
DL2
M
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
G–R
G–R
G B
12 B
DL2
E
4 EC1
5 EC1
EE
G–R
F 9(A), F10(B)
4WD Control ECU
E A
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction
Connector
IND2
BR–W
W–B
DL1
20 A
(* 1)
13 B
W–B
DM2
(* 1)
6 B
P–L
IND1
(* 1)
19 A
P–L
SPD
(* 1)
W–G
J20(A)
Junction
Connector
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
V–R
W–L
G–R
(* 1)
ADD
LG
D B
W–B
1 EC1
9 A
(* 1)
DM1
W–B
3
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
B A
(2UZ–FE)
6 EC1
LG
L4
(* 1)
3 B
V–R
24 A
(* 1)
W–L
B–W
E7
Engine Control
Module
L4
(* 1)
4
B–W
R
ADD
(* 1)
(* 1)
18 B
(* 1)
(* 1)
GR
H B
R
(* 1)
GR
H B
GR
F A
J28
Junction
Connector
W–L
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector
W–L
S8
Skid Control
ECU
* 1 : 1GR–FE
W–B
GR–R
GR–R
16
SP1
17
EXI4
D B
B A
V–R
W–G
G–R
(* 1)
F A
E A
E A
IND3
H B
E 3 : 2UZ–FE
E12 : * 1
W–B
(* 1)
4
GND
G–R
A11
ADD Actuator
BR–W
EF
273
Multi Mode 4WD
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
* 1 : 1GR–FE
1
10A
DOME
GR–R
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
4 1G
R
2
C2 IC4
H A
V–R
W–G
D
R–L
J7
Junction
Connector
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
R
D
F B
(* 1)
R
R
4WD
1 1G
7 IM1
V–R
11 1K
B 3D
BR
B 3D
V–R
G–R
BR–W
EF
274
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
6 D
7 D
G–R
BR–W
5 D
(* 1)
13 C
W–G
5 B
V–R
GR–R
4 B
BR
Speedometer
C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
4LO
15 C
Center Diff. Lock
16 C
System Outline
Depending on the transfer shift actuator status and ADD actuator (1GR–FE) status, the 4WD control ECU drives the transfer
shift actuator and ADD actuator (1GR–FE) to electrically change the gear position selected by the driver according to vehicle
speed signal and neutral start switch signal.
1. Shift Select Control
Shifting from H2 into H4 position (1GR–FE)
When the 4WD control switch is turned from H2 into H4, this signal is input into 4WD control ECU (TERMINAL 2–4). Then,
the 4WD control ECU moves the 2–4 select motor (TERMINAL 2, TERMINAL 1) in the transfer shift actuator until the shift
fork shaft shifts to the diff. free position, performing a shift into H4 position
Switching diff. lock ON when in H4 position.
When the diff. lock switch is turned ON with the 4WD control switch in H4 position, this signal is input into the 4WD control
ECU (TERMINAL DL). Then, the 4WD control ECU drives the 2–4 select motor (TERMINAL 2, TERMINAL 1) in the transfer
shift actuator until the shift fork shaft shifts to the diff. lock position, locking it in H4 position with the diff. lock.
Shifting from H4 into L4 position
When the 4WD control switch is turned from H4 into L4, this signal is input into 4WD control ECU (TERMINAL LO). Then, the
4WD control ECU drives the H–L select motor (TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 7) in the transfer shift actuator, shifting the shift
fork shaft, performing a shift into L4 position.
Switching diff. lock ON when in L4 position.
When the diff. lock switch is turned ON with the 4WD control switch in L4 position, this signal is input into the 4WD control
ECU (TERMINAL DL). Then, the 4WD control ECU drives the 2–4 select motor (TERMINAL 2, TERMINAL 1) in the transfer
shift actuator until the shift fork shaft shifts to the diff. lock position, locking it in L4 position with the diff. lock.
2. Function of Limit Switch
H4L limit switch (TERMINAL 12 and TERMINAL 11 of transfer shift actuator)
The H4L limit switch in the transfer shift actuator feeds back the current shift position status (H4 or L4) information, which is
based on the ON/OFF combination of the two switches, to the 4WD control ECU.
4WD limit switch (TERMINAL 3 (1GR–FE), TERMINAL 4 and TERMINAL 5 of transfer shift actuator)
The 4WD limit switch in the transfer shift actuator feeds back the current shift position status (H2 or H4) (1GR–FE) and diff.
lock or diff. free status information, which is based on the ON/OFF combination of the two (2UZ–FE) or three (1GR–FE)
switches, to the 4WD control ECU.
ADD limit switch (TERMINAL 6 and TERMINAL 5 of ADD actuator) (1GR–FE)
The ADD limit switch in the ADD actuator feeds back the current front diff. lock or free status information, which is based on
the ON/OFF combination of the two switches, to the 4WD control ECU.
3. Shift Limit Control
The 4WD control ECU interrupts the shift select control and give the driver a warning by means of buzzer (Integrated into the
ECU) sound and blinking indicator light on the combination meter when the following shift change conditions exist.
The warning, however, can be canceled –– when the 4WD control switch is canceled and the switch position is returned to
where it was before the warning occurred.
∗ Shift change (1GR–FE) from H2 into H4 with vehicle traveling at a speed reaching or exceeding 100 km/h (Buzzer sound
and blinking 4WD and center diff. lock indicator lights)
∗ Shift change from H4 into L4 with vehicle traveling at a speed reaching or exceeding 5 km/h but within the A/T shift
position N range (Buzzer sound and blinking L4 indicator light)
4. ADD Actuator Control (1GR–FE)
When switching between H2 (2WD) and H4 (4WD), the 4WD control ECU controls the way power is supplied to the ADD
motor in the ADD actuator, as shown below, to run the ADD motor in normal or reverse direction, thereby changing the status
of the front diff. from free to lock, or vice versa.
For locking front diff.
For unlocking front diff.
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
: Ground Points
Code
EE
EF
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
II
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
: Splice Points
Code
E3
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
Engine Wire
E12
See Page
46 (1GR–FE)
276
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Wire
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary
instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information
when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from
disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be
canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work is
finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has power tilt and power
telescopic steering, power seat and power outside rear view mirror which are all equipped with memory function.
However, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So when the work is finished, it will be necessary
to explain this fact tot the customer, and ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory. To avoid erasing
the memory in each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.
Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.
Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag
assembly, seat belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly
directly to hot air or flames.
Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag
assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly,
airbag sensor assembly and side airbag sensor assembly should be inspected.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain
shield airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag
sensor assembly in order to reuse it.
If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag assembly, seat
belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly has been
dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.
Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.
Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.
After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check.
If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair
Manual.
System Outline
The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.
When the ignition SW is turned to ON, the current from the SRS fuse flows to TERMINAL (C) 5 of the airbag sensor
assembly.
If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, the current from the SRS fuse flows to
TERMINALS (C) 14, (C) 16, (C) 10, (C) 8, (A) 8 (w/ side airbag) or (B) 2 (w/o side airbag) and (D) 9 (w/ side airbag) or (E) 5
(w/o side airbag) of the airbag sensor assembly to the airbag squibs and the pretensioners to TERMINALS (C) 13, (C) 17,
(C) 11, (C) 7, (A) 7 (w/ side airbag) or (B) 1 (w/o side airbag) and (D) 10 (w/ side airbag) or (E) 6 (w/o side airbag) of the
airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (C) 27, (C) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the airbag
squibs and the pretensioners and causes them to operate.
When the side impact also exceeds a set level, the current from the SRS fuse flows to TERMINALS (A) 12, (D) 5, (A) 9 and
(D) 8 of the airbag sensor assembly to the side airbag squibs and the curtain shield airbag squibs TERMINALS (A) 11, (D) 6,
(A) 10 and (D) 7 of the airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (C) 27, (C) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, causing side
airbag squibs and curtain shield airbag squibs to operate.
The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.
The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the front
passenger.
Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger.
The curtain shield airbag can ease an impact on the head of the front and rear passengers and reduce risks of injury.
The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability.
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IL1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Upper Side of the Glove Box)
IM1
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
IN2
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
EF
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
IH
48
Instrument Panel Brace LH
IJ
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BM
54
Floor Seat Crossmember RH
281
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Moon Roof
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
Body ECU
30A
POWER
PWS
10A
ECU–IG
21
1 1A
W–B
W–B
W–B
8
1
E
11 1A
3 1A
B–R
6 1A
L–O
15 1A
L
13 1A
W–B
2
2 1H
4
10
9
PWS
E2
+B
M5
Moon Roof Control ECU
IG
M+
M
M–
CLOSE
OPEN
SPD
6
5
4
3
UP
SLIDE
V
LG
GR
7
P7
Moon Roof
Control SW
5 1A
1 1G
E
2
W–B
A
V–R
W–B
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
282
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
2
2
R
4 1G
R
R–L
C2 IC4
D
J7
Junction
Connector
R
D
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
F B
16 C
Speedometer
15 C
13 C
4 B
GR–R
C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
BR
V–R
5 B
16
7 IM1
V–R
SP1
BR
S8
Skid Control ECU
EF
283
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Moon Roof
System Outline
Current is always applied from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 10 of the moon roof control ECU. With the ignition SW turned
on, the current flows to TERMINAL 9 of the moon roof control ECU.
1. Moon Roof Open/Close Operation
For moon roof operation, there are moon roof control switches: ”Slide open/tilt down”; and ”Slide close/tilt up.” When a switch
is pressed and held down for a certain period of time, one touch automatic operation takes place in accordance with the
function of the switch.
2. Key–Off Operation
Roof remains operable – until about 45 seconds elapse after the ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF or until the driver’s
seat door is opened and closed, whichever first occurs.
However, if an overload reverse operation was going on at that time, the key–off operation continues until it comes to an end.
3. Overload Reverse Operation
The moon roof control ECU detects jamming of the moon roof by foreign material, if occurred, from abnormal motor speed
signal and reverses the moon roof operation.
4. Deflector Control Function
When the roof is slid fully open, the moon roof control ECU automatically adjusts the height of deflector in accordance with
the vehicle cruising speed.
∗ When the battery terminal or fuse is disconnected, the roof position has to be reset to its initial position by the moon roof
control SW in accordance with the following procedure:
(1) Reconnect the battery terminal or fuse.
(2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
(3) Operate the moon roof control SW to open the roof halfway or more.
(4) Then operate the moon roof control SW to fully close the roof.
Do not release the switch for at least one second after the roof is fully closed.
Service Hints
M5 Moon Roof Control ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
1, 8–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IM1
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
284
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
: Ground Points
Code
EF
IG
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
48
Ground Points Location
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
Left Kick Panel
285
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Shift Lock
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A
ACC
10A
STOP
10A
ECU–IG
2
2
28 1J
B–R
G–W
8 1K
2
B 3C
S12
Stop Light SW
G
J20
Junction
Connector
G–Y
15 IC3
E
B–R
1
G–Y
P
G
B 3C
G–Y
F 3E
G–Y
6
7
ACC
STP
A
S6
Shift Lock Control ECU
B–R
W–B
IG
1
IJ1
A 3D
L–W
1
E
E
8
L–W
KLS+
12
B–R
A 3D
K3
Key Interlock
Solenoid
4
B 3F
3
J15
Junction
Connector
W–B
B
3F
A
W–B
B 3F
J5
Junction
Connector
A
A
IG
W–B
A
IK
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
A
A
B–R
P
F 3E
J4
Junction
Connector
J37
Junction
Connector
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
286
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J12
Junction
Connector
System Outline
When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the ACC fuse flows to TERMINAL 6 of the shift lock control
ECU. When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock
control ECU.
1. Shift Lock Mechanism
If the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition SW set at ON (The stop light SW is on), the shift lock control ECU is
activated, allowing the driver to change the shift lever to a position other than the P position.
2. Key Interlock Mechanism
With the ignition SW at ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in P position, the current flowing from TERMINAL 12
of the shift lock control ECU to key interlock solenoid is cut off. This causes the key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever
disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can be turned from ACC to LOCK position.
Service Hints
S6 Shift Lock Control ECU
6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
8–Ground : Always continuity
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
: Parts Location
Code
Remote Control Mirror
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A
ACC
20A
EFI
2
F 3E
8 1K
2
P
P
F 3E
L
5 IC3
GR
P
2
2
17 IA1
C
2
J6
Junction
Connector
L–W
ACC CUT
Relay
C
8
Operation SW
M+
E
3
6
7
C
B
Y–B
C
W–G
GR
11 IC3
16 IC3
5 IM2
J38
Junction
Connector
C
2
W–G
4
W–B
VR
2
1
2
GR
Select SW
Right
/Down
Left
/Up
Down
Up
VL
5
P–B
HR
RH
G–R
LH
P–G
HL
RH
Y–B
LH
L–Y
Right
Left
4
W–G
R24
Remote Control Mirror SW
3
B
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE)
16 IA1
L–R
3
1
3
2
1
MV
M+
MV
MH
M+
M
W–B
17 IP1
2
M
IA2
Y–B
IP1
MH
M
4
E4
Engine
Control
Module
W–B
15
G–R
L–Y
Y–B
P–B
P–G
16 IP1
IA1
LG–R
14
LG–B
15 IA1
L–R
L–Y
G–R
ACCR
M
A
J5
Junction
Connector
M3
Remote Control Mirror LH
M4
Remote Control Mirror RH
IG
288
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Service Hints
R24 Remote Control Mirror SW
8–6 : Continuity with the operation SW at DOWN or RIGHT position
6–7 : Continuity with the operation SW at UP or LEFT position
8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
7–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
48
Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC3
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IM2
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
IP1
52
Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
IG
See Page
48
Ground Points Location
Left Kick Panel
289
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Cigarette Lighter
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
10A
CIG
P–L
17 1L
P–L
6 IR1
2
C6
Cigarette
Lighter
W–B
1
W–B
5 IR1
B 3F
W–B
B 3F
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
290
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Service Hints
C6 Cigarette Lighter
2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
C6
37
Code
J24
See Page
Code
See Page
38
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1L
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
3F
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
IR1
See Page
52
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Instrument Panel Wire and Cigarette Wire (Rear Console)
: Ground Points
Code
II
See Page
48
Ground Points Location
Instrument Panel Brace RH
291
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Power Outlet (12V)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
15A
PWR
OUTLET
7. 5A
ACC
1
3
DC SKT
Relay
2
5
2 1H
31 1J
BR–R
W–B
30 1J
BR–R
BR–R
A9 IE1
2
2
P6
Power Outlet
(Front)
B 3F
A A
A A
B 3F
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
1
W–B
1
P8
Power Outlet
(Rear)
A
IG
J5
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A B
J24
Junction
Connector
II
292
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
BL
BO
Service Hints
DC SKT Relay
3–5 : Closed with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
: Parts Location
Code
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1D
1E
1K
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
299
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Electric Tension Reducer
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
15A
IG1
J20
Junction Connector
8 1J
A
A
A
Y–R
J7
Junction
Connector
J25
Junction
Connector
A
Y–R
Y–R
A
H
Y–R
Y–R
H
Y–R
6 IO1
Y–R
D5 IE1
1
1
T12
Tension Reducer
Solenoid LH
V
2
V
2
T13
Tension Reducer
Solenoid RH
2
1
B12
Buckle SW LH
B13
Buckle SW RH
3
W–B
W–B
4
BL
BM
300
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Service Hints
B12 Buckle SW LH
2–4 : Closed with the driver seat belt in use
B13 Buckle SW RH
1–3 : Closed with the front passenger seat Belt in use
T12, T13 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH, RH
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
B12
42
J20
38
B13
42
J25
38
J7
38
T12
41
Code
T13
See Page
41
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1J
See Page
25
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BM
54
Floor Seat Crossmember RH
301
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
P24
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Slide Control)
2
M
1
2
M
1
302
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
7
1
M
2
Y
Reclining
P21
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Lifter Control)
3
Y–G
5
Y–B
Front
Vertical
P23
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Reclining Control)
10
Y–R
Slide
Down
Up
Rear
Front
Down
1
L–R
(* 1)
R–L
E B
Up
Rear
Front
R–L
A6
P20
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Front Vertical Control)
6
L–Y
9
L–B
L
R–L
Power Seat
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
30A
D P/SEAT
29 1J
IE1
A A
J43(A), J44(B)
Junction
Connector
E B
R–L
R–L
(* 1)
(* 1)
LG
LG
(* 2)
(* 2)
P18
Power Seat Control SW (Driver’ s Seat)
4
Lifter
8
1
M
2
W–B
W–B
F B
F B
H A
M
2
BL
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
6
3
1
M
2
W–B
BR
Slide
2
M
F B
2
J45(A), J46(B)
Junction
Connector
9
P
Rear
Front
Rear
1
P25
Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’ s Seat
Reclining Control)
4
Front
(*1)
LG
(* 1)
Y
L
W–B
(* 1)
R–L
A A
P26
Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’ s Seat
Slide Control)
1
L3
Lumbar Support Control SW
(Driver’ s Seat)
2
Y
Hold
W–B
(* 2)
1
(* 1)
R–B
3
P22
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Lumbar Support Control)
Release
LG
(* 2)
W(* 2)
R–G(* 1)
W–B
F B
J43(A), J44(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
LG
(* 2)
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
G–R
(* 1)
G–R
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SG5 Grade
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
30A
P P/SEAT
32 1J
5 IO1
J45(A), J46(B)
Junction
Connector
E B
R–L
P19
Power Seat Control SW
(Front Passenger’ s Seat)
5
Reclining
4
1
H A
BM
303
Power Seat
Service Hints
L3 Lumbar Support Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
3–1 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lumbar support release operation
3–4 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lumbar support hold operation
2, 5–Ground : Always continuity
P18 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
1–9 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front slide operation
1–6 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear slide operation
1–3 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front reclining operation
1–2 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear reclining operation
1–10 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front vertical up operation
1–5 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front vertical down operation
1–7 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lifter up operation
1–8 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lifter down operation
4–Ground : Always continuity
P19 Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)
1–9 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at front slide operation
1–6 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at rear slide operation
1–3 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at front reclining operation
1–2 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at rear reclining operation
4–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
J43
A
42
P18
42
P23
42
J44
B
42
P19
42
P24
42
J45
A
42
P20
42
P25
42
J46
B
42
P21
42
P26
42
42
P22
42
L3
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
1J
See Page
25
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO1
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BM
54
Floor Seat Crossmember RH
304
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
305
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Seat Heater
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
Y–R
1
W–B
25A
SEAT HEATER
15A
IG1
2
W–B
2
8 1J
Y–R
A
A
4
C5 IE1
C4 IE1
F A
G A
H B
G B
LG
LG
A
Y–R
C2 IE1
Y–R
2 IO1
Y–R
LG
F 3C
LG
F 3C
SW
2
J43(A), J44(B)
Junction Connector
A
RV
Y
IG
3
Y
A
V
F 3C
V
J7
Junction
Connector
LG
A6 IC4
S4
Seat Heater SW LH
LG
1
E
5
(* 2)
R
Y
(* 1)
BR
(* 2)
V
(* 1)
J25
Junction Connector
1
S24
Seat Heater LH
E A
H A
J43(A), J44(B)
Junction Connector
W–B
F B
W–B
B
(* 2)
A B
LG
LG
6
(* 1)
4
LG
BL
306
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
Y–R
3
1
IG
E
RV
SW
H B
B 3F
B 3F
B 3F
1
S25
Seat Heater RH
E A
H A
W–B
F B
J45(A), J46(B)
Junction Connector
A B
W–B
LG
W–B
6
B
4
B 3F
W–B
5
W–B
G B
W–B
F A
J45(A), J46(B)
Junction Connector
L
G A
R
7 IO1
R
12 IO1
BR
L
4
R
2
S5
Seat Heater SW RH
W–B
Y–R
W–B
A
J24
Junction
Connector
LG
BM
II
A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
307
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Seat Heater
Service Hints
S4, S5 Seat Heater SW LH, RH
3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
1–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Service Hints
T14 Towing Converter Relay
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
6–Ground : Always continuity
T15 Trailer Socket
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position and shift lever in R position
6–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
See Page
D2
37
Code
J15
33 (2UZ–FE)
J1
J2
See Page
B
J16
38
Code
J41
38
See Page
B
P1
40
33 (2UZ–FE)
35 (1GR–FE)
J20
A
38
33 (2UZ–FE)
J21
B
38
S10
35 (1GR–FE)
39
35 (1GR–FE)
J22
38
S12
39
J4
38
J25
38
T6
39
J5
38
J33
38
T9
39
J7
38
J39
40
T14
41
40
T15
41
J14
A
38
J40
A
: Relay Blocks
Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
2
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3
23
Engine Room R/B No.3 (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1E
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1F
24
Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
25
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
1L
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2
48
Floor No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC4
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Relay Wire (Behind the Instrument Panel J/B)
IM1
52
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
BF1
54
Frame No.3 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
BG1
54
Floor No.2 Wire and Frame No.3 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
: Ground Points
Code
EB
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Front Left Fender
IG
48
Left Kick Panel
BL
54
Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO
54
Rear Pillar LH
313
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
B 4(A), B 5(B)
Body ECU
1
15A
IG1
140A
ALT
7. 5A
ACC
ACC
22
RDEF
GND2
6
16
GND1
4
2
B–R
2
2 1H
Y–G
R
2
2
3 1B
Y–R
4
3
20 1E
E
2
2
W–B
1
DEFOG Relay
5
J1
Junction
Connector
Y–G
Y–R
R
Y–R
B–R
W–B
E
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction
Connector
B B
W–B
1 B
R21(A), R22(B)
Rear Window
Defogger
1 A
3 BH1
W–B
W–B
B A
W–B
W–B
B6
W–B
A A
A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
10 BD1
W–B
W–B
A B
W–B
W–B
EB
BO
314
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
BL
B 4(A), B 5(B)
Body ECU
DEF
DEFSW
G
2
DIND
5 B
G–R
Y–G
B–R
1 B
(2UZ–FE)
27 A
4
11
Y–G
1
1
30A
DEFOG
7 BH1
J6
Junction Connector
10A
MIR
HEATER
DFSW
B
GND
2
2
B
W–B
B–L
IP1
B 3F
B 3F
W–B
W–B
B
J38
Junction
Connector
B
B 3F
W–B
5
W–B
M4
Mirror Heater RH
5
W–B
4
W–B
Y–G
(2UZ–FE)
M3
Mirror Heater LH
G–B
4
E B
W–B
18
G–B
18 IA1
B–L
D4 IC4
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
Y–G
D A
D3
Defogger SW
B–L
Y–G
Y–G
D A
7
2
C10 IC4
Y–G
IE1
B
B–L
2
B
B–L
4 BD1
B1
DIND
W–B
IG
A
W–B
W–B
J5
Junction
Connector
A
J24
Junction
Connector
W–B
J37
Junction
Connector
W–B
A
W–B
IP2
W–B
4
4 IA2
A
A
IK
II
315
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
MPX2
BECU
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
MPX2
23 A
11
1 A
BECU
5 A
SIG
GND
6 A
3 A
IC+
IC1
IC2
IC–
11 B
16 B
17 B
23 B
Y–G
SIG
10
W–B
B 4(A), B 5(B)
Body ECU
5 BD1
B–R
L–W
7 BD1
W–R
B
9 BD1
B–O
L–R
IE1
W–R
A14
2
R
BR–R
10A ECU–B
10A ECU–IG
1
1
6
2
3
SSRB
PLS2
PLS
8 1F
W–R
2
4 1B
12 1F
W–R
W–R
B–R
BR–R
B11
Back Door Power Window
Motor
W–B
316
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
E
System Outline
∗ Start control
Turning the rear window defogger SW ON, with the ignition SW ON and the back door window fully closed, initiates
operation of the rear window defogger and illuminates the indicator lamp for 15 minutes.
∗ Stop control
When any one of the following conditions exists, rear window defogger operation comes to a stop and the indicator lamp
goes out.
∗ The ignition SW is turned from the ON position to either the ACC or OFF position.
∗ The rear window defogger SW is pressed ON again when rear window defogger operation is already under way.
∗ The back door window is open.
Service Hints
DEFOG Relay
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position and rear window defogger SW on
D3 Defogger SW
4–7 : Continuity with the ignition SW at ON position and rear window defogger SW on
: Parts Location
Code
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
Radio and Player with Display
1
20A
RADIO
NO. 1
ACC
2
GND
4 A
V+
V–
1 A
3 A
(* 1)
B
W
A10 IC4
IE1
A3 IE1
(*1)
A5
3 BD2
2 BD2
1 BD2
4 BD2
BR
A 3B
IE1
B
L–Y
A 3B
(*1)
GR
B 3A
A7
B
B 3A
C
IE1
W
A1
L–Y
P
(* 1)
R
J6
Junction
Connector
C
C
F 3E
CA+
2 A
2
L–Y
8 1K
+B
1 G
W
2
2
11 G
2
GR
2
R
7. 5A
ACC
R
20A
EFI
10A
DOME
R
1
11 IC3
B4
5 BH1
4 BH1
10 BH1
B
(* 1)
BR
B
(*1)
W
(*1)
R
9 BH1
L–Y
4
2
W–G
R
(* 1)
2
B7
W
D
C9 IO2
R
3
1
A 3B
(*1)
2
ACC CUT Relay
D
2
GR
GR
P
R
J7
Junction
Connector
2
A 3B
GR
B 3A
L–Y
GR
5 IC3
C2 IC4
L–Y
P
L
F 3E
B9
ID1
BR
9
16 IC3
2
4
3
W–G
LG
1
5 IM2
W–G
T11
Television Camera
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE)
ACCR
L–Y
E4
Engine
Control
Module
L–Y
GR
LG
R
320
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
* 1 : Shielded
SLD1
RMU
MUTE
TX+
TX–
R+
G
(*1)
V
P
R
G
4 ID1
5 ID1
6 ID1
7 ID1
3 ID1
2 ID1
12 ID1
11 ID1
10 ID1
L+
L–
2 F
3 F
R–
4 F
5 F
5
4
3
2
SLD
1 F
10
11
21
22
23
RMUT
MUTE
(*1)
(*1)
W
6
RSL–
LG
7
RSL+
LG
8
RSR–
LG
9
RSR+
(* 1)
W
(* 1)
(*1)
(*1)
R
10 F
W
9 F
W
6 F
W
19 E
B
14 E
G
RSL–
18 E
W
(*1)
RSL+
17 E
R
RSR–
16 E
W
RSR+
15 E
B
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
Radio and Player with Display
SLD
TX+
TX–
R+
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
TX1–
MUTE
6
SLD
+B
W
LG
17
LG
1
LG
19
1 ID1
16 ID1
15 ID1
13 ID1
14 ID1
R
LG
TX1+
20
L–Y
TXL+
19
P–B
TXL–
20
LG
LMUT
18
LG
LG
R
GND
17
L–
L
+B
12
L+
D6
DVD Automatic Changer
P–B
ACC
24
R–
F B
R
W–B
F B
R
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
H A
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
GR
GR
LG
R
W–B
R
IH
321
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
Radio and Player with Display
VR
SYNC
8 C
B
G
R
3 C
7 C
2 C
VG
6 C
TX+
TX–
5 C
SW1
10 C
GND
7 E
1
II1
(*1)
L
P
(*1)
2 IQ1
4 IQ1
5 IQ1
6 IQ1
1 IQ1
C12 IO2
II1
11
EAU
SEEK+
3 IQ1
2
10
AU1
G
R
(* 1)
B
W
R
G
Y
(* 1)
12
(* 1)
8 E
W–R
II1
V–W
3
SW2
6 E
V–W
1 C
Y–B
VA–
5 B
Y–B
ADPG
6 B
W–R
VAL+
3 B
AU2
MODE
C15 IO2
C13
Combination SW
VOL+
G
R
(* 1)
B
W
R
G
Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
SEEK–
VOL–
27
28
NTSC
SGND
29
SLD2
1 A
8 A
VR
3 A
7 A
2 A
B
G
R
SYNC
R–Y
1
GR
2
GR
L
3
L
C1 IO2
C3 IO2
V
V–R
V–W
A1 IO2
D22
Door Speaker
Front LH
V–R
2
GR
W–B
A10 IO2
A
A12 IO2
GR
AUI–
10 B
LG
4
1
L–Y
AUI+
1 B
L
P
B
MUTE
15 B
1 IA2
R–L
J33
Junction
Connector
B
REV
14 B
A
S20
Squawker LH
C B
IA2
SPD
5 B
LG
L
V
J42
Junction
Connector
LG
P
ACC
18 B
V–W
GND
17 B
C5 IO2
3
GR
TX–
R–Y
+B
9 B
C7 IO2
W–B
GR
AUO–
11 B
A
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
10 A
TX+
V–R
AUO+
2 B
BR
GND
21
L–Y
ACC
A A
5 A
N 3(A), N 4(B)
Navigation ECU
18
A A
VG
GR
D6
DVD Automatic Changer
6 A
GR
R–Y
V–R
R
R
A
IK
J37
Junction
Connector
BR
GR
BM
322
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
* 1 : Shielded
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
Radio and Player with Display
ANT
L+
L–
R+
R–
9 G
19 G
8 G
18 G
SGND
TX+
10 G
5 G
TX–
MUTE
15 G
PKB
7 G
1 D
GND
SPD
20 G
3 D
REV
5 D
B
LG
13 G
W
W–R
3 A
2 A
5 A
4 A
6 A
8 A
7 A
1 A
L+
L–
R+
R–
SGND
TX+
1 1E
V–R
LG
BR
C10 IO2
B
A9 IO2
(* 1)
A8 IO2
W–R
W
B
(* 1)
B
W
C16 IO2
W
C17 IO2
B
C14 IO2
G
C13 IO2
R
(* 1)
C11 IO2
R–Y
P4
Parking Brake SW
A37
Antenna
Amplifier
R
(* 1)
+B
G
20 1J
1
TX–
1
MUTE
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
FR+
FR–
RR–
CSP+
CSP–
R
W
G
G–B
12 B
Y
3 B
B
14 B
C2 IO2
C6 IO2
C8 IO2
A6 IO2
A4 IO2
A5 IO2
A7 IO2
B
Y
R
W
8 IP2
1 BA1
3 BA1
1 BB1
3 BB1
B
Y
R
W
3
2
1
4
3
L
LG
G–B
4
S21
Squawker RH
W
IP2
R
3
G
A3 IO2
V–W
1
R–Y
RR+
5 B
C4 IO2
LG
GR
RL–
13 B
L
A2 IO2
L
RL+
4 B
L
18 B
LG
7 B
LG
GR
ACC
12 A
V–W
N–MU
21 A
P
FL+
6 B
V
FL–
17 B
2
D23
Door Speaker
Front RH
1
2
R16
Rear Door
Speaker LH
1
2
R17
Rear Door
Speaker RH
C5
Center Speaker
R–Y
V–R
V–R
R
R
323
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
20A
RADIO
NO. 2
15A
IG1
2
8 1J
Y–R
W–L
2
A
W–L
A9 IC4
R–Y
J7
Junction
Connector
Y–R
A
V–R
BR
H
W4
Woofer
H
WF+
WF–
4
1
3
B
L–B
L–R
19 B
9 B
20 B
WFL–
WFR+
W–L
G–W
8 B
B
W–L
BR
B
1 B
10 B
WFR–
+B
A
W–L
A
B 3D
+B2
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
2 IM1
BR
4
3
Y–R
BR
R–Y
BR
B
1 IM1
B
BR
G–W
R20
Rear Speaker RH
4
R–Y
A4 IE1
V–R
A2 IE1
R–Y
G–W
3
2
3 IO1
G–W
1 IO1
B 3D
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
D
C
B 3D
V–R
C
J42
Junction
Connector
D
E
16 B
V–R
BR
D
GND
15 B
J29
Junction
Connector
G–W
C
G–W
11 B
BR
RS–
2 B
BR
RS+
J25
Junction
Connector
Y–R
WF–
2
V–R
WF+
Y–R
B1 IO2
J42
Junction
Connector
WFL+
J20
Junction
Connector
A
A
3
J33
Junction
Connector
R–Y
BR
BR
A
R19
Rear Speaker LH
R–Y
V–R
R
R
BR
V–R
BP
IJ
324
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
7. 5A
GAUGE
R–L
4 1G
R
4 B
13 C
BR
16 C
GR–R
5 B
V–R
C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
Speedometer
15 C
16
1 1G
7 IM1
S8
Skid Control ECU
BR
11 1K
SP1
V–R
R
EF
325
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
Service Hints
R12 (G) Radio and Player with Display
(G)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(G) 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(G)20–Ground : Always continuity
S22 (A), S23 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(A)12–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B) 1, (B) 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)15, (B) 16–Ground: Always continuity
N4 (B) Navigation ECU
(B)18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B) 9–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)17–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
IO1
IO2
IP2
52
Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IQ1
52
Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
BA1
54
Rear Door No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1
54
Rear Door No.1 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Center Pillar)
BD2
54
Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)
BH1
54
Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Left Side of Back Door)
: Ground Points
Code
EF
See Page
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
Ground Points Location
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
IH
48
Instrument Panel Brace LH
IJ
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK
48
Right Kick Panel
BM
54
Floor Seat Crossmember RH
BP
54
Rear Pillar RH
: Splice Points
Code
B4
B7
See Page
54
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Back Door No
No.1
1 Wire
Code
B9
See Page
54
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Back Door No.2 Wire
327
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
GR
20A
EFI
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
7. 5A
ACC
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
1
2
10A
DOME
8 1K
GND
24
17
LG
ACC
12
LG
+B
2
LG
2
From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
R
P
2
1
F 3E
20A
RADIO
NO. 1
C2 IC4
11 IC3
16 ID1
D
R
GR
GR
GR
P
GR
D
2
A10 IC4
H A
4
F B
B 3A
2
W–G
GR
2
B 3A
L–Y
1
B 3A
R
3
ACC CUT Relay
2
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
2
2
L–Y
5 IC3
9 ID1
W–B
C
1 ID1
GR
R
J7
Junction
Connector
GR
P
L
2
J6
Junction
Connector
C
C
R
F 3E
A 3B
16 IC3
W–G
A 3B
L–Y
GR
W–G
5 IM2
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE)
E4
Engine
Control
Module
W–B
ACCR
IH
328
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
GR
GR
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
SLD
10
RSR+
RSR–
RSL+
RSL–
RMUT
MUTE
9
8
7
6
11
21
TX+
TX–
22
R
23
G
W
LG
LG
LG
W
W
W
W
(Shielded)
19 C
6 B
9 B
10 B
RMU
GND
SW2
8 C
II1
1
TX–
9 A
19 A
8 A
18 A
L+
L–
ANT+B
13 A
R+
TX+
R 1(A), R 4(B), R 5(C)
Radio and Player
5 A
B
Y–B
W–R
6 C
TX+
II1
2
R–
TX–
15 A
W
3
MUTE
B
SW1
7 C
V–W
BR
GND
20 A
GR
ACC+B
11 A
L–Y
BU+B
1 A
RSL–
A8 IO2
A9 IO2
C16 IO2
10 A
SGND
MUTE
7 A
W–R
18 C
RSL+
W
17 C
RSR–
C17 IO2
B
16 C
RSR+
C14 IO2
G
15 C
SLD1
C13 IO2
R
14 C
C11 IO2
(Shielded)
10 ID1
G
11 ID1
R
12 ID1
P
2 ID1
V
7 ID1
G
6 ID1
R
5 ID1
W
4 ID1
B
ID1
(Shielded)
3
W
(Shielded)
B
II1
12
10
AU1
L–Y
SEEK+
+B
Y–B
V–W
W–R
1
C10 IO2
11
EAU
AU2
A37
Antenna
Amplifier
W–R
W
B
MODE
GR
SEEK–
BR
VOL+
VOL–
C13
Combination SW
IJ
329
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
GR
1
20A
RADIO NO. 2
2
W–L
2
R
G
1
1
R
W
2
Y
2
B
GR
B
R17
Rear Door
Speaker RH
W–L
A9 IC4
R16
Rear Door
Speaker LH
B1 IO2
1 BA1
3 BA1
1 BB1
3 BB1
W
A12 IO2
GR
W–L
B
Y
R
W
A
B
C6 IO2
C8 IO2
A6 IO2
A4 IO2
A
B
W
B
G
R
GR
W–L
W–L
B
Y
R
W
B
(Shielded)
J42
Junction
Connector
(Shielded)
6 A
4 A
5 A
2 A
3 A
12 A
1 B
10 B
4 B
13 B
5 B
14 B
R–
R+
L–
L+
SGND
ACC
+B
+B2
RL+
RL–
RR+
RR–
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
TX+
FL+
8 A
FL–
FR+
FR–
CSP+
3 B
G–B
C2 IO2
A5 IO2
A7 IO2
L
C4 IO2
LG
A2 IO2
P
A3 IO2
3 IP2
8 IP2
IA2
1
IA2
G–B
3
G
W–R
4
3
W
4
3
1
2
1
LG
S21
Squawker RH
R
3
1
2
D22
Door Speaker Front LH
330
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
L
P
S20
Squawker LH
2
L
4
V
R–L
W
B
CSP–
12 B
G
18 B
L
7 B
LG
17 B
V
6 B
V
TX–
7 A
P
MUTE
1 A
1
2
D23
Door Speaker Front RH
C5
Center Speaker
W4
Woofer
3
L–R
WF–
1
L–B
WF+
4
G–W
WF–
2
BR
WF+
8 B
19 B
9 B
20 B
WFL+
WFL–
WFR+
WFR–
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
BR
D
C
C
D
G–W
G–W
BR
4
3
J42
Junction
Connector
D
3 IO1
BR
G–W
1 IO1
A2
E
16 B
BR
G–W
C
GND
15 B
BR
RS–
11 B
BR
RS+
2 B
IE1
A4
R20
Rear Speaker RH
G–W
4
3
IE1
BR
R19
Rear Speaker LH
BP
331
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
Service Hints
R1 (A) Radio and Player
(A)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(A) 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)20–Ground : Always continuity
S22 (A), S23 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(A)12–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B) 1, (B) 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)15, (B) 16–Ground: Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
52
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
52
Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1
54
Rear Door No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1
54
Rear Door No.1 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Center Pillar)
IC3
IC4
IO1
IO2
: Ground Points
Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IH
48
Instrument Panel Brace LH
IJ
48
Instrument Panel Brace RH
BP
54
Rear Pillar RH
332
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
41
Memo
333
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
1
20A
RADIO
NO. 1
2
20A
EFI
7. 5A
ACC
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
2
2
2
8 1K
P
L–Y
LG
GND
17
LG
ACC
24
J6
Junction
Connector
C
C
F 3E
A10 IC4
F 3E
A37
Antenna
Amplifier
C
GR
B
W–B
GR
GR
11 IC3
P
A 3B
IC3
1
GR
P
L
L–Y
5
+B
16 ID1
GR
9 ID1
B 3A
8 A
SW1
GND
7 D
8 D
1
Y–B
V–W
II1
II1
V–W
3
SW2
6 D
2
II1
Y–B
BU+B
4 A
2
W–G
2
ACC+B
3 A
W–R
4
R 2(A), R 3(B), R 4(C), R 5(D)
Radio and Player
W–R
1
ANT+B
B 3A
L–Y
3
GR
2
GR
L–Y
A 3B
2
ACC CUT Relay
2
16 IC3
12
10
W–G
AU1
SEEK+
W–G
5 IM2
SEEK–
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE)
E4
Engine
Control
Module
VOL+
W–B
ACCR
VOL–
C13
Combination SW
IH
334
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
11
EAU
MODE
AU2
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
10A
DOME
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
2
2
RSL–
RMUT
MUTE
7
6
11
21
TX+
TX–
22
+B
R
RSL+
8
23
12
1 ID1
C2 IC4
R
RSR–
9
F B
D
2 ID1
12 ID1
11 ID1
10 ID1
D
H A
G
R
P
V
G
R
W
B
(Shielded)
J7
Junction
Connector
7 ID1
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
W
ID1
LG
6
LG
5 ID1
LG
W
4 ID1
W
W
3 ID1
W
(Shielded)
LG
RSR+
R
SLD
10
R
14 D
15 D
SLD1
16 D
RSR+
17 D
RSR–
18 D
RSL+
19 D
RSL–
6 C
RMU
9 C
MUTE
10 C
TX+
TX–
R 2(A), R 3(B), R 4(C), R 5(D)
Radio and Player
RL–
RR+
RR–
1 B
3 B
1 BA1
3 BA1
1 BB1
3 BB1
3
1
2
1
LG
2
D22
Door Speaker
Front LH
L
P
BR
1
B
W
4
S21
Squawker RH
R
3
S20
Squawker LH
2
IP2
L
4
8
V
IA2
R–L
3
W
BR
W
6 B
R
LG
3 IP2
RL+
2 B
R
V
1 IA2
P
FR–
5 A
Y
FR+
1 A
Y
FL–
6 A
B
FL+
2 A
L
GND
7 A
1
2
D23
Door Speaker
Front RH
1
2
R16
Rear Door
Speaker LH
1
2
R17
Rear Door
Speaker RH
IJ
335
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
Service Hints
R2 (A) Radio and Player
(A) 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(A) 4–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 7–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
Code
Combination Meter
Service Hints
C10 (C) Combination Meter
(C)5, (C) 15–Ground: Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(C)13–Ground : Always continuity
(C)16–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
: Parts Location
Code
Ground Points Location
Front Left Fender
Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
Left Kick Panel
344
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W1
33 (2UZ–FE)
35 (1GR–FE)
Memo
345
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Air Conditioning
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
Y–R
1
8 1J
50A
HEATER
15A
IG1
2
2
Y–R
Y–R
E
E
C
E
HEATER
Relay
2
2
J1
Junction Connector
D
5
Y–R
4
2
D
2
1
3
E
2
1
1
P3
Pressure SW
2
C
Y–R
W–B
E
Y–R
Y–R
2
5
Y–R
R
20 1E
2
MG CLT
Relay
B–Y
3
2
2
2
2
2
L–B
1
2
A2
A/C Lock Sensor
A/C Magnetic Clutch
B–Y
A11 IC4
B2
Blower
Motor
G–Y
2
M
3
C
4
GND
SI
1
BR
(1GR–FE)
VM
BR
+B
(2UZ–FE)
B3
Blower Motor
Controller
BR
J27
Junction
Connector
C
(1GR–FE)
L
W–L
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction
Connector
5 IN1
1
2
1
3
R–Y
L–B
B1 IC4
LG–R
L–B
G–Y
W–B
B–Y
R–Y
3 IM1
A14 IC4
B A
A17
IC4
D1 IC4
2
B B
B–Y
L
B–Y
7. 5A
HEATER
NO. 2
LG–R
2
EB
LG–B
W–B
J24
Junction
Connector
W–B
L
LG–B
W–B
W–B
A
A
II
EF
346
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
EE
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
Y–R
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
A
1
P
J7
Junction
Connector
7. 5A
ACC
10A
DOME
F 3E
H
2
P
2
F 3E
2
J20
Junction
Connector
H
Y–R
L
2
2
8 1K
R
5 IC3
Y–R
A
20A
EFI
P
C2 IC4
2
ACC CUT
Relay
1
11 IC3
4
A
C
A
D
J6
Junction
Connector
C
A
2
R
GR
3
J25
Junction
Connector
2
J7
Junction
Connector
D
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
H
A
R
W–G
GR
2
GR
H
A
R
F
B
R
W–G
16 IC3
B 3A
A 3C
B 3A
A 3C
Y–R
Y–R
B–Y
L–B
5 IM2
R–Y
8
1
IG+
ACC
L–B
2
B
14
7
LIN–B
GND
B 3F
B 3F
B 3F
B 3F
W–B
ACCR
W–B
ACMG
LCKI
R
15 A (2UZ–FE)
14 A (1GR–FE)
2 D
GR
W–G
23 C
W–B
W–B
E 4(A), E 6(C), E 7(D)
Engine Control Module
J33(A), J34(B)
Junction
Connector
1 D
14 D
33 D
32 D
31 D
BR–B
A/CS
GR–G
THE
B–R
ACLD
L–B
THWO
W–B
HP
D3
Heater Control Panel
Y–R
C B
BR–B
GR–G
B A
W–B
B–R
L–B
LG–R
LG–R
L
L
LG–B
LG–B
A
W–B
A
J37
Junction
Connector
W–B
IK
347
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Air Conditioning
From Power Source
System (See Page 58)
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
1
10A
ECU–B
PSW
HR
BLW
9 B
21 A
3 A
LG–B
ACLD
18 A
L
B 3E
THE
7 B
LG–R
Y–R
4 1B
ACS
17 B
B–R
W–B
IG
1 A
L–B
GND
5 A
W–R
LIN1
4 A
W–R
+B
2 A
2
4 1L
B 3E
BR–B
GR–G
2
3 IK1
2
IK1
4
IK1
B–R
GR–G
R
BR–B
W–R
L–B
W–B
Y–R
BR–B
GR–G
B–R
L–B
L–B
LG–R
L
LG–B
R
348
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
7 A
1 B
15 A
6 A
25 A
23 B
14 B
L–O
V–R
V–W
AMHDR(*1)
AMH(* 2)
Y–G
AMCDR(* 1)
AMC(* 2)
V–Y
TPDR(*1)
TP(* 2)
P
SG
L–B
TR
TAM
22 A
GR
S5
TWI
A13 IC4
C 3D
A1
A/C Ambient
Temp. Sensor
GR
2
A12 IC4
Y–G
I6
Y–G
P
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
I B
L–B
L–B
1
1 A (* 1)
2 B (* 2)
2 A
1 B
P
H B
D A
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction
Connector
E A
M
Y–G
L–B
2
A27(A)
Air Mix Control Servo Motor LH
A26(B)
Air Mix Control Servo Motor
1
5 A (* 1)
4 B (* 2)
4 A
5 B
A19
A/C Room
Temp. Sensor
C 3D
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
C 3D
L–B
3 A
3 B
I6
Y–G
B 3B
P
L–B
B
3B
L–B
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
R
R
349
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Air Conditioning
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
4
5
3
M
I6
B 3B
Y–G
P
2
(* 1)
1
(* 1)
Y–G
Y–G
2
Y–G
1
P
A29
Air Vent Mode Control
Servo Motor
1
P
Y–G
I6
5
A28
Air Mix Control
Servo Motor RH
M
A25
Air Inlet Control
Servo Motor
2
4
(* 1)
3
L–Y
5
AMCPA
24 B
(* 1)
4
L–R
L–W
3
AMHPA
16 B
(* 1)
LG–R
TPPA
23 A
M
Y–G
AOF
3 B
LG
AOD
4 B
LG–R
TPO
17 A
P–G
AIF
6 B
P–L
AIR
5 B
P–B
TPI
16 A
Y–G
I6
B 3B
B 3B
L–B
L–B
R
R
350
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
24 A
26 A
TSDR(* 1)
TS(*2)
DMOT
12 A
DMIN
19 B
20 B
W–L
TSPA
BR–B
TE
SPD
8 A
B 3D
V–R
(*2)
2
2
1 1G
P
5 IG1
(* 2)
P
(* 1)
1
Y–G
11 1K
1
V–R
R
(* 1)
B 3D
V–G
(*1)
R
3
5 IG1
A20
A/C Solar
Sensor
2
6 IG1
A21
A/C Solar Sensor
1
A18
A/C Evaporator
Temp. Sensor
B–O
4 IG1
(*1)
(* 1)
G
B–O
(*2)
V–R
V–G
6 IG1
V–R
(* 1)
P
Y–G
P
W–L
(*2)
BR–B
B 3B
L–B
L–B
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
R
R
351
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Air Conditioning
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
IGN
11 1J
B A
R–L
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction Connector
SP1
D B
5 B
3 B
2 B
7 B
16 C
BR–B
L–B
R
C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
5 C
V–R
Temp.
15 C
Speedometer
4 B
W–L
B–O
GR–R
16
13 C
BR
S8
Skid Control
ECU
B–O
4 1G
W–L
BR–B
7 IM1
BR
L–B
R
EF
352
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
System Outline
1. Heater Blower Operation
Manual operation
When the blower speed is set to a certain level using the blower control SW, the A/C control assembly sends the signals to
the blower control to control the blower motor speed.
Auto operation
When the auto SW is pushed, the A/C control assembly sends the signals from various sensors and temperature SW to the
blower control to automatically control the blower motor speed.
2. Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Control
When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW is set to RECIRC, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move
the damper toward the RECIRC side. Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control
assembly, the motor is continuously rotated until the damper reaches its stop position. When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW
is set to FRESH, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move the damper toward the FRESH side.
Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control assembly, the motor is continuously rotated
until the damper reaches its stop position.
3. Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Control
When the mode select SW is pushed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly activates the air vent mode control servo motor.
This causes the servo motor to rotate to the position (FACE, BI–LEVEL, FOOT, FOOT/DEF, DEF) selected using the mode
select SW, and moves the damper.
4. Air Mix Control Servo Motor Control (Limited)
When the temperature control SW on the driver’s side is pressed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly sends a signal to the
air mix control servo motor on the driver’s side. This signal drives the motor to reach the temperature set by the temperature
control SW on the driver’s side, and moves the damper. Passenger’s side is operated as same as the driver’s side.
5. Air Mix Control Servo Motor Control (SR5 Grade)
When the temperature control SW is pressed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly sends a signal to the air mix control
servo motor. This signal drives the motor to reach the temperature set by the temperature control SW, and moves the film
damper.
6. Air Conditioning Operation
The A/C control assembly receives various signals, I.E., the engine RPM from the engine control module, out side air
temperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor and coolant temperature from the engine control module, etc.
When the engine is started and the A/C SW (A/C control assembly) is on, a signal is input to the A/C control assembly.
As a result, the ground circuit in A/C control assembly is closed and current flows from IG1 fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the MG
CLT relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACMG of the engine control module to TERMINAL HP to GROUND, turning the
MG CLT relay on, so that the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates.
If the A/C control assembly detects the following conditions, it stops the air conditioning:
∗ Evaporator outlet air is too low.
∗ There is a marked difference between the compressor speed and the engine speed.
∗ The refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or abnormally low.
∗ The engine speed is too low.
∗ Rapid acceleration occurs.
Service Hints
P3 Pressure SW
1–2 : Open with the refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 216 kpa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 31 psi) or more than
approx. 3138 kpa (32 kgf/cm2, 455 psi)
A16 (A) A/C Control Assembly
(A) 2–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(A) 5–Ground : Always continuity
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Room Main Wire
Engine Wire
Engine Room Main Wire
46 (1GR–FE)
Engine Wire
50
Instrument Panel Wire
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
I7
50
Instrument Panel Wire
B1
54
Front Door RH Wire
B3
54
Roof Wire
B5
54
Frame Wire
B6
54
Back Door No.1 Wire
B8
54
Back Door No.2 Wire
362
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Memo
363
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
364
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J
365
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
Driver Side J/B (See Page 24)
Fuse
7.5A
7.5A
ACC
GAUGE
System
Page
Air Conditioning
Automatic Light Control
Door Lock Control
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
346
136
200
86
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
Headlight
Interior Light
Key Reminder
74
126
150
172
Light Auto Turn Off
Multiplex Communication System
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
138
100
Power Outlet (12V)
Power Window
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
292
190
328
334
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
Rear Wiper and Washer
Remote Control Mirror
Seat Belt Warning
Shift Lock
314
184
288
174
286
Theft Deterrent
Wireless Door Lock Control
220
210
Active Height Control Suspension and
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
Air Conditioning
Charging
266
346
72
Combination Meter
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
Door Lock Control
338
252
246
200
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
238
230
86
74
Interior Light
Key Reminder
Moon Roof
Multi Mode 4WD
150
172
282
272
Multiplex Communication System
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
Seat Belt Warning
SRS
100
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
366
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
320
320
174
277
J
Fuse
7.5A
7.5A
10A
10A
10A
GAUGE
STA NO.2
CIG
ECU–IG
IGN
System
Page
Taillight and Illumination
Theft Deterrent
VSC
Wireless Door Lock Control
158
220
258
210
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
238
230
86
74
Starting
62
Cigarette Lighter
290
Active Height Control Suspension and
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
Automatic Light Control
Door Lock Control
266
136
200
Headlight
Interior Light
Key Reminder
Light Auto Turn Off
126
150
172
138
Moon Roof
Multiplex Communication System
Power Window
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
282
100
190
314
Rear Wiper and Washer
Seat Belt Warning
Shift Lock
Theft Deterrent
184
174
286
220
VSC
Wireless Door Lock Control
258
210
Air Conditioning
Combination Meter
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
346
338
252
246
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
238
230
86
74
Engine Immobiliser System
VSC
96
258
100
220
210
10A
SECU/HORN
Multiplex Communication System
Theft Deterrent
Wireless Door Lock Control
10A
SRS
SRS
277
10A
TAIL
Combination Meter
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
338
86
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
367
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
Fuse
10A
15A
TAIL
IG1
System
Page
Taillight and Illumination
Trailer Towing
158
310
Air Conditioning
Automatic Glare–Resistant EC Mirror with Compass
Back–Up Light
Charging
346
296
170
72
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
Door Lock Control
Electric Tension Reducer
252
246
200
300
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Headlight
Multi Mode 4WD
238
230
126
272
Multiplex Communication System
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
Power Outlet (115V)
100
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
Seat Belt Warning
Seat Heater
Stop Light
Taillight and Illumination
314
174
306
166
158
Trailer Towing
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/ Daytime Running Light)
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/o Daytime Running Light)
VSC
310
142
146
258
320
294
15A
PWR OUTLET
Power Outlet (12V)
292
15A
RR WSH
Multiplex Communication System
Rear Wiper and Washer
100
184
20A
4WD
Multi Mode 4WD
272
30A
D P/SEAT
Power Seat
302
30A
FR WIP–WSH
Front Wiper and Washer
180
30A
P P/SEAT
Power Seat
302
POWER
Door Lock Control
Moon Roof
Multiplex Communication System
Power Window
200
282
100
190
Rear Wiper and Washer
Theft Deterrent
Wireless Door Lock Control
184
220
210
30A
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
368
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J
Engine Room R/B (See Page 22)
Fuse
System
Page
7.5A
ALT–S
Charging
72
7.5A
HEATER NO.2
Air Conditioning
346
7.5A
OBD
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
86
74
10A
AIRSUS NO.2
Active Height Control Suspension and
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
266
Active Height Control Suspension and
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
Air Conditioning
Combination Meter
266
346
338
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
Door Lock Control
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
252
246
200
238
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
Garage Door Opener
230
86
74
178
Interior Light
Key Reminder
Light Auto Turn Off
Moon Roof
150
172
138
282
Multi Mode 4WD
Multiplex Communication System
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
Power Window
272
100
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
Rear Wiper and Washer
Seat Belt Warning
328
334
184
174
Taillight and Illumination
Theft Deterrent
VSC
Wireless Door Lock Control
158
220
258
210
Air Conditioning
Automatic Light Control
Door Lock Control
Engine Immobiliser System
346
136
200
96
Headlight
Interior Light
Key Reminder
Light Auto Turn Off
126
150
172
138
10A
10A
DOME
ECU–B
320
190
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
369
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
Fuse
System
Page
Multiplex Communication System
Power Window
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
Rear Wiper and Washer
100
190
314
184
Seat Belt Warning
Theft Deterrent
VSC
Wireless Door Lock Control
174
220
258
210
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
230
74
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
252
246
238
230
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
86
74
HEAD (HI LH)
Front Fog Light
Headlight
Multiplex Communication System
132
126
100
10A
HEAD (HI RH)
Combination Meter
Headlight
Multiplex Communication System
338
126
100
10A
HEAD (LO LH)
Headlight
Multiplex Communication System
126
100
10A
HEAD (LO RH)
Headlight
Multiplex Communication System
126
100
10A
HORN
Horn
Multiplex Communication System
Theft Deterrent
Wireless Door Lock Control
298
100
220
210
10A
MIR HEATER
Multiplex Communication System
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
100
314
Active Height Control Suspension and
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
266
252
246
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
238
230
86
74
Multiplex Communication System
Shift Lock
Stop Light
100
286
166
10A
ECU–B
10A
EFI NO.2
10A
10A
10A
ETCS
STOP
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
370
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J
Fuse
System
Page
10A
STOP
Trailer Towing
VSC
310
258
15A
AC115V INV
Power Outlet (115V)
294
15A
A/F HEATER
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
86
15A
FR FOG
Front Fog Light
Multiplex Communication System
132
100
Headlight
Multiplex Communication System
Trailer Towing
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/ Daytime Running Light)
126
100
310
142
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/o Daytime Running Light)
146
Door Lock Control
Multiplex Communication System
Power Window
Theft Deterrent
200
100
190
220
Wireless Door Lock Control
210
Air Conditioning
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)
346
252
246
238
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
Remote Control Mirror
230
86
74
15A
20A
20A
TRN–HAZ
DR/LCK
EFI
320
328
334
288
RADIO NO.1
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
320
328
334
20A
RADIO NO.2
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
320
328
25A
SEAT HEATER
Seat Heater
306
Charging
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
Ignition (1GR–FE)
72
86
74
68
Ignition (2UZ–FE)
Starting
64
62
Trailer Towing
310
20A
30A
30A
AM2
BATT CHG
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
371
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
Fuse
System
Page
30A
DEFOG
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
Multiplex Communication System
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
30A
TOWING
Trailer Towing
310
30A
TOWING BRK
Trailer Towing
310
40A
ABS MTR
VSC
258
40A
TOWING
Trailer Towing
310
50A
ABS SOL
VSC
258
50A
AIR SUS
Active Height Control Suspension and
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
266
50A
AM1
Charging
72
50A
HEATER
Air Conditioning
346
Automatic Light Control
Light Auto Turn Off
Multiplex Communication System
Taillight and Illumination
136
138
100
158
Theft Deterrent
Wireless Door Lock Control
220
210
Charging
Multiplex Communication System
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater
Taillight and Illumination
72
100
314
158
50A
140A
J/B
ALT
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply.
392
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Part Number
L
Code
Part Name
Part Number
Code
Part Name
Part Number
393
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
394
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
[A] : System Title
[B] : Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B
= Black
W = White
BR = Brown
L
= Blue
V
SB = Sky Blue
= Violet
R = Red
G = Green
LG = Light Green
P
Y
GR = Gray
= Pink
= Yellow
[F] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it).
Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them
from other parts.
Example:
3C indicates that
it is inside
Junction Block
No.3
O = Orange
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example:
L–Y
[G] : Indicates related system.
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
L
(Blue)
[H] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male
terminal is shown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
Y
(Yellow)
[C] : The position of the parts is the same as shown in
the wiring diagram and wire routing.
[D] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female
and male connectors.
Example : Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Female
[I]
Male (
)
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and
connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type,
or specification is different.
[J] : Indicates a shielded cable.
Female
Male
The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is
the same as above
[E] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and
only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish
it from the J/B.
Example :
[K] : Indicates and located on ground point.
[L] : The same code occuring on the next page indicates
that the wire harness is continuous.
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide
information on the electrical system of the 2003 4RUNNER.
Applicable models: UZN210, 215 Series
GRN210, 215 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above
models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals;
Manual Name
2003 4RUNNER Repair Manual
Volume 1
Volume 2
2003 4RUNNER New Car Features
2003 4RUNNER New Car Features
Supplement
Pub. No.
RM1001U1
RM1001U2
NCF232U
NCF238U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product
information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
NOTICE
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,
installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair
manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint
system malfunction.
1 4RUNNER
P o w er S ou rc e
S tarting
1
4
3
2
ACC
AM1
IG1
7 AM2
IG2
ST2 8
G–B
J28
Junction
Connector
I18
Ignition SW
R
R
B–Y
2
5
1
D2 IC4
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
D (2UZ–FE)
A (1GR–FE)
D
A
B–Y
R
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
D
A
3 1D
2 1K
11 IM1
STA Relay
L–Y
2
G
2
6 IM2 (2UZ–FE)
4 IM2 (1GR–FE)
G
2
J35
Junction
Connector
G
6
P
B–Y
W–B
N
9
6 EA1 (2UZ–FE)
4 EA1 (1GR–FE)
L–Y
Y–G
2
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
2
30A
AM2
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
3
P
W–B
11 B
A
Battery
Engine Control
Module
<5–12><5–14><6–14>
B
B–R(2UZ–FE)
B–L(*1)
W (*2)
B A
Combination Meter
<31–4>
Y–G(2UZ–FE)
Y (1GR–FE)
2
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction Connector
B B
1
* 1 : 1GR–FE Cold Area Spec.
* 2 : 1GR–FE Except Cold Area Spec.
S 2(A), S 3(B)
Starter
EB
Front Left
Fender
M
W–B
Rear Side of
Right Bank
Cylinder Block
W–B
I8
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 8
2
R–W
4
4
W–B
3
G–B
1
B–R
W–B
I7
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 7
2
R–Y
4
W–B
W–B
I6
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 6
B–R
2
R–Y
4
W–B
3
L–Y
1
B–R
R–W
W–B
I3
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 3
2
R–W
4
W–B
2
W–B
I2
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 2
B–R
B–R
3
L–W
1
B–R
LG–B
3
B–R
1
B–R
R–W
2
R–W
4
W–B
6 EB1
Engine Control Module
<5–13><5–14>
W–B
I4
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 4
B–R
B–R
3
B–L
1
B–R
4 EA1
R–W
2
R–W
4
W–B
R–W
W–B
I5
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 5
R–Y
3
G
1
B–R
3
Ign ition (2 U Z – F E )
2
R–Y
4
W–B
R–Y
B–R
3
G–W
1
B–R
B–R
EE
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
4
R–Y
R–Y
2
W–B
B–R
ED
2
BR
1
B–R
I18
Ignition SW
N2
Noise Filter
(Ignition No. 2)
30A
AM2
1
EC
BR
2
B–R
Battery
B
1
2
2
R
2
IG2 6
N1
Noise Filter
(Ignition No. 1)
ST2
1
7 AM2
2 4RUNNER
P ow e r S o urc e
B–R
Left Bank
Cylinder Head
3
LG
1
B–R
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Right Bank
Cylinder Head
B–R
I1
Ignition Coil
and Igniter No. 1
3 4RUNNER
B–R
B–R
R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
B–R
I6
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 6
I5
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 5
I4
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 4
I3
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 3
I2
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 2
I1
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 1
W–R
L
W–R
GR
W–R
LG–B
W–R
LG
W–R
P–L
W–R
Y–R
W–B
W–B
W–R
W–B
Rear Side of
Left Bank
Cylinder Block
EF
2
2
2
2
2
N1
Noise Filter
(Ignition No. 1)
B
Battery
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
1
3
1
W–R
W–R
4
4
4
4
4
W–R
W–R
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
4
3
2
1
B–R
B–R
B–R
2
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
1
30A
AM2
B–R
IG2 6
7 AM2
Ign ition (1 G R – F E )
P ow e r S o urc e
ST2
I18
Ignition SW
6 1D
4 1H
13 IM1
Engine Control Module
<6–13>
M
2
B
2
2
50A AM1
W
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
7. 5A ALT–S
Battery
W
W
W
B
R
30A AM2
W–L
140A ALT
S
L B
Y–R
W
4
2
GR
1
G 1(A), G 2(B)
Generator
B A
IG B
GR
G A
G B
C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction Connector
Charge
1 B
GR
5 EA1 (*1)
3 EA1 (*2)
8 D
15 C
J1
Junction
Connector
J1
Junction
Connector
3 EA1 (*1)
2 EA1 (*2)
D
D
E
E
20 1E
2 1C
Y–R
2 EA1
1 EA1
GR
D6 IC4
A A
4 1G
6 1D
R–L
1
A A
E B
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction Connector
Body ECU
<7–39>
7. 5A GAUGE
1
2
B–R
L–Y
Y–R
1
2
2
I18
Ignition SW
IG2 6
7 AM2
ST2
IG1 4
ACC
2 AM1
3
Y–R
2
2
R
W–L
2
C ha rg in g
15A IG1
1
2
2
1
P ow e r S o urc e
GR
2
4 4RUNNER
4
* 1 : 2UZ–FE
* 2 : 1GR–FE
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
W
Y–R
GR
GR
Memo
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–R
L
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
Battery
1
30A
AM2
R–L
Remote Control Mirror System
<24–3>
Navigation System
<28–2>
Radio and Player System
<28–2><29–2><30–2>
TOYOTA Parking Assist System
<28–2>
Air Conditioning System
<32–4>
P
1
O
F 3E
L
GR
W
Short Pin
P
B
B
2
2
Front Left
Fender
W–B
W–G
ACC CUT
Relay
W–B
R
EB
W–G
L–W
1
2
A
2
L–W
2
2
A
A
2
16
IC3
1
IB2
10A
EFI C3 IC4
NO. 2
W–G
3
5
17
IC3
C/OPN
Relay
B
4
3
J2
Junction
Connector
1
2
B
5 IC3
B
B
EFI
Relay
B
F 3E
2
W–G
20A
EFI
2
8 1K
B
2
3
2
1
L
5
2
1
2
2
5
IM2
C15 IC4
2
2
B–W
1
10A
ETCS
2
2
7. 5A
ACC
5 1D
2
W–G
B
2
10A
IGN
23 1E
2
C17
IC4
B
1
2
2
4 1G
B–O
11 1J
C
C
C4 IC4
L
4
GR–B
2
2
2
7. 5A
GAUGE
B–R
6 1D
J4
Junction
Connector
1
I18
Ignition
SW
ST2
B–R
1 EA1
3
E n g in e C o ntro l (2 U Z – F E )
W–G
L–W
B
B
GR–B
W–G
B–W
W–G
L
O
R–L
B–O
B–R
GR
W–R
N
M
L
K
J
I
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
(Cont. next page)
B–O
2
2
140A
ALT
1
50A
AM1
IG2 6
7 AM2
W–G
B–O
2
7. 5A
OBD
2
2
IG1
2 AM1
W–G
1
10A
ECU–B
1
2
2
W–L
ACC 3
2
B–O
2
1
P ow e r S ou rc e
B–R
2
5 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
L–W
J4
Junction
Connector
L
L
P
5 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
(Cont. next page)
E n gine C on tro l (2 U Z – F E )
A
B
C
D
5
W–R
8
7
6
W–R
B–R
B–R
B–O
B–O
R–L
E
F
G
L
R–Y
P–L
P–L
W–G
B–W
7
Suspension
Control
ECU<18–3>
G–R
W–B
Skid Control
ECU<15–8>
H B
J35(A), J36(B)
Junction
Connector
FPR
33 A
6 D
+BM
ACCR
15 A
FC
10 E
GR–B
J22
Junction
Connector
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
F A
BATT
R–Y
R–Y
A B
19 IM2
R–B
E
BR
A B
R–B
W–B
G–R
1
F A
WFSE
19 E
3 E
W–G
G B
MREL
G–R
C B
E
SIL
18 E
8 E
R–W
9 IM2
5
TC
R–Y
F14
Fuel Pump
A 3A
R–Y
M
F8
Fuel Pump
Resistor
W–B
A 3A
R–Y
G B
4
G A
R–Y
G A
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
B–R
G A
R–Y
R–Y
C A
R–Y
R–B
R–W
C A
A 3A
20 E
GR
14
SIL
L
15
C 3C
W–G
4
TS
P–L
5
W–B
B–R
2
N
WFSE
BR
B–R
B–Y
G–R
2
IB1
B–R
D5 IC4
M
CG
C 3C
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C),
E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
E2
T2
Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
A16 IE1
1
+B
7 IM2
BR
L–W
BR
BR
E
1
BR
L–W
L–W
E2
3
M1
Mass Air Flow Meter
2
VTA2
BR
E
BR
B–W
4
VTA1
L–R
BR
22 IM2
L–W
W–R
6
VC
E2
Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
L–R
BR
O
V2
VSV (EVAP)
2
A17 IE1
4
VG
R–L
5
3
A10 IE1
5
L–R
8 BC2
L–R
L–R
BR
O
16 BC2
B
(Shielded)
3
G
1
R
VCC
R–B
GND
B
18
IM2
I16
Injector No. 8
I15
Injector No. 7
I14
Injector No. 6
I13
Injector No. 5
I12
Injector No. 4
I11
Injector No. 3
W
L
3 B
#5
Y
J26
Junction
Connector
2
1
V10
VSV (Canister
Closed Valve)
2
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
I10
Injector No. 2
5 A
#4
R–G
H
4 A
#3
L–R
O
Y–R
R–G
G
A
B
1
B
Body ECU
<7–8>
A
R–L
R–G
B
B
F
2
3 A
B
10 BC2
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
2
#2
VC
C3 IE1
C A
2
Park/Neutral
Position SW
<1–2>
1
2 A
18 A
V8
Vapor Pressure Sensor
17 IM2
A B
2
1
#1
PTNK
PTNK
A B
2
1
1 A
IGSW
21 E
1
C
B–R
A
J26
Junction
Connector
PRG
34 A
1
2
B–R
R–L
CCV
27 A
R–L
+B2
2 E
A
B–O
R–B
+B
1
2
B–R
A
A
9 E
W
1 E
2
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction Connector
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B B
11 E
1
I9
Injector No. 1
B A
7 A
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
1
B–O
B–O
B A
B–R
B–R
B
C 8(A), C10(C)
Combination Meter
R–Y
Malfunction
Indicator
Lamp
E
B–R
B–R
Combination
Meter<31–4>
R–L
B
15 C
B
B–R
B–O
B–O
D
3
EB1
B–R
A
J28
Junction Connector
BR
E
BR
BR
D
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
5 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
5 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
(Cont. next page)
E n gine C on tro l (2 U Z – F E )
A
B
C
13
W–R
16
15
14
W–R
R–Y
R–Y
B–O
B–O
A
B
C
A24
Accel Position Sensor
VCP1
VCP2
EP1
EP2
3
4
1
5
2
EF
V–W
L–W
V–W
E
B
E
4 EB1
(Shielded)
E
B
J28
Junction Connector
BR
(Shielded)
E
BR
2 EB1
1
K2
Knock Sensor 2
BR
BR
BR
1 EB1
BR
C
D
KNK1
1 B
1
K1
Knock Sensor 1
J28
Junction
Connector
LG–B
C
EPA2
BR
C
BR
29 E
EPA
W
C
28 E
VCP2
KNK2
(Shielded)
BR
L–W
BR
BR
L–W
BR
L–W
BR
BR
L–W
C
BR
27 E
BR
4
VCPA
1
2
8 IC3
W
2
2
26 E
VPA2
(Shielded)
4
E1
W
2
+B
C11 IC4
2 B
(Shielded)
4
E1
HT
23 E
C1
Camshaft Position
Sensor
2
+B
OX
VPA
32 C
B
E1
OX
1
BR
4
+B
HT
3
C4
Crankshaft Position
Sensor
2
HT
3
H6
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
E1
OX
1
H8
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 2)
+B
1
H5
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
OX
H7
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
HT
3
22 E
ACLD
G2–
27 C
Y
L
(Shielded)
G–Y
B
(Shielded)
W
P
(Shielded)
LG
R
(Shielded)
G
B–L
(Shielded)
3
33 D
G2+
NE–
24 C
1
1
THE
LG–B
NE+
25 C
32 D
A/CS
9 IC3
W–L
HT1B
5 B
31 D
THWO
B–Y
29 B
14 D
ACMG
B–Y
21 B
2 D
LCKI
A8 IC4
R–B
25 B
23 C
STA
W–R
17 A
STSW
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
OX2B
OX1B
HT2B
4 B
12 C
IGF2
C13 IC4
B–R
HT1A
23 A
IGF1
GR–G
24 A
IGT8
BR–B
10 A
L–B
23 B
IGT7
B–Y
OX1A
22 B
13 A
R–Y
IGT6
B–Y
OX2A
26 A
L–Y
IGT5
R–W
12 A
R–Y
IGT4
G–B
HT2A
33 B
11 A
G–W
IGT3
G
25 A
IGT2
B–L
8 A
IGT1
L–Y
9 A
L–W
LG–B
LG
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
C16 IC4
W–L
W–R
A/C Control
Assembly
<32–12>
VPA2
6
R–B
MG CLT Relay
<32–3>
A/C Lock Sensor
<32–3>
STA Relay
<1–3>
STA NO. 2 Fuse
<1–3>
Ignition Coil and Igniters
<2–1><2–2><2–3><2–4>
VPA1
Rear Side of
Left Bank
Cylinder Block
M
B–O
R–Y
W–R
Combination
Meter<31–5>
<31–7>
B–W
L
V–R
E02
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B–W
ME01
4 C
E1
C
1 C
BR
(4WD)
W–B
W–B
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
BR
J33(A), J34(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
W–B
BR
Right Kick
Panel
7
EFII
D
14
GND
+B
1
KSW
10
4
CTY
VC5
8
Unlock Warning SW
<7–19>
IK
L–R
W–R
6
EFIO
9
G–Y
W–B
IMI
27 D
IG
2
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
<7–31>
EF
A
B A
C B
26 D
IMO
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
R–B
A
B A
15 E
EOM
TRC–
31 E
TXCT
CODE
B 3F
B 3F
7
GND
LP
5
3
IND
12
11
W–B
C
C B
W–B
C
HP
1 D
TRC+
25 E
W–B
Rear Side of
Left Bank
Cylinder Block
4WD
8 B
ENG–
30 E
5
TXCT
V–W
EE
7 C
ENG+
4
CODE
A
II
B 3F
Instrument Panel
Brace RH
J24
Junction
Connector
D3
Security Indicator Light
AGND
13
7
GND
20
T8
Transponder Key
Computer
Rear Side of
Right Bank
Cylinder Block
Airbag Sensor
Assembly<20–4>
6 A
E03
W–L
(4WD)
E01
4WD Control ECU
<19–2>
24 E
B–O
NEO
R–Y
7 A
G–Y
17 E
W–R
STP
P
19 D
VC5
1
GR–B
L4
R
4 D
B 3E
B 3E
I17
Transponder Key Amplifier
P–G
F/PS
W
14 E
4 1L
4 1B
LG–R
TACH
B
5 E
19
L
SPD
Y
17 D
Stop Light SW
<11–1>
F B
Skid Control ECU
<15–4>
18
E ng in e Im mo bilis e r S y s tem (2 U Z – F E )
W–R
G A
17
E n g in e C o ntro l (2 U Z – F E )
W–R
C
B
A
5 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
W–B
W–B
W–B
J37
Junction
Connector
J26
Junction
Connector
W–B
W–B
Memo
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–R
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
10A ECU–B
1
20A
EFI
L
1
2
2
O
2
Battery
1
2
2
30A
AM2
7. 5A
GAUGE
B–R
4 1G
R–L
10A
IGN
11 1J
Remote Control Mirror System
<24–3>
Navigation System
<28–2>
Radio and Player System
<28–2><29–2><30–2>
TOYOTA Parking Assist System
<28–2>
Air Conditioning System
<32–4>
3 1H
B–R
6 1D
B–O
7. 5A
ACC
23 1E
C
C
8 1K
5 1D
L
B–R
15A A/F HEATER
GR
10A ETCS
W
Short Pin
P
B
B
2
W–G
W–B
1
ACC
CUT
Relay
W–B
EB
W–B
Front Left
Fender
C1 IC4
W
2
2
2
2
W–G
A/F
HEATER
Relay
16
IC3
1
IB2
C/OPN
Relay
C3 IC4
3
5
4
IM1
W–G
B
4
2
W–G
2
J2
Junction
Connector
2
3
5
B–R
B
2
2
B
B
B
EFI
Relay
1
W–G
2
1
2
2
5
IM2
C15 IC4
2
2
B–W
3
2
2
J4
Junction
Connector
W–G
B
C17
IC4
GR–B
5 IC3
B
2
3
B
1
L
5
2
2
C4 IC4
W–G
B
B
F 3E
F 3E
P
1
2
2
I18
Ignition SW
ST2
IG2 6
7 AM2
L
4
W
B
B
GR–B
W–G
B–W
W–G
L
O
R–L
B–O
B–R
GR
W–R
N
M
L
K
J
I
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
(Cont. next page)
B–O
1
2
2
2
3
E n gine C o ntro l (1 G R – F E )
B
2
2
2
7. 5A OBD
140A
ALT
1
2
W–G
B–O
1
2
IG1
ACC 3
2 AM1
J4
Junction
Connector
2
1
2
W–L
2
B–O
2
2
1
P ow e r S ou rc e
W–G
1
2
2
6 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
B
W
L
L
P
R
50A AM1
6 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
(Cont. next page)
E ng in e C on trol (1G R – F E )
A
B
C
D
5
W–R
8
7
6
W–R
B–R
B–R
B–O
B–O
R–L
E
F
G
P–L
B–W
15
14
SIL
7
G A
R–Y
R–Y
R–B
MREL
WFSE
19 E
3 E
BATT
FPR
33 A
6 D
+BM
ACCR
14 A
FC
10 E
GR–B
W–G
Y–B
R–W
F A
R–Y
G B
A 3A
F A
R–Y
A B
R–Y
1
E
A B
BR
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
19 IM2
G B
R–B
E
SIL
18 E
8 E
R–Y
C B
9 IM2
A 3A
R–Y
5
W–B
Y–B
F8
Fuel Pump
Resistor
W–B
F14
Fuel Pump
R–Y
M
D5 IC4
TC
G A
4
J18(A), J19(B)
Junction
Connector
B–R
R–W
C A
A 3A
20 E
GR
4
C 3C
L
5
TS
C 3C
W–G
WFSE
C 3C
P–L
CG
W–B
B–R
2
W–B
Y–B
N
TC
SG
BR
B–Y
Y–B
2
IB1
B–R
13
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C),
E 7(D), E 8(E)
Engine Control Module
24 4RUNNER
A uto ma tic
G lare – R es is ta nt E C
M irro r w ith C om p as s
P ow er S ou rc e
M oo n R o o f
1
IG1 4
4
3
2
ACC 3
2 AM1
R em o te C o ntro l M irror
W–G
J6
Junction
Connector
C
C
GR
GR
L–Y
W–G
L–W
17 IA1
R24
Remote Control Mirror SW
1
Select SW
W–B
C
B
J38
Junction
Connector
W–B
4
14 IA1
16 IA1
4 IA2
Y–B
2
2
16 IP1
15 IP1
17 IP1
2
3
1
3
2
1
MH
MV
M+
MV
MH
M+
M
M
M3
Remote Control
Mirror LH
M
M
M4
Remote Control
Mirror RH
W–B
L–R
G–R
L–Y
Y–B
P–B
Left Kick
Panel
B
L–R
3
P–G
IG
J5
Junction
Connector
C
LG–R
1
LG–B
P7
Moon Roof Control SW
2
Engine Control
System<5–3><6–3>
W–B
A
Y–B
15 IA1
SLIDE
B
Battery
7
2
W–B
13 1A
Right
/Down
UP
2
2
E
6
G–R
2
3
ACC CUT Relay
15 1A
Left
/Up
4
L–Y
GR
P
6 1A
2 1H
11 IC3
6
E
14 1A
M+
3
L–Y
5 IC3
OPEN
LG
W–B
W–B
W–B
2
CLOSE
7
6
4
P–B
8
2
G–R
1
VR
C
GR
B
I19
Inner
Mirror
E
RH
VL
F 3E
M5
Moon Roof Control ECU
M–
E2
7
LH
HR
GR
2
5
SPD
RH
HL
5
P
M
4
PWS
F 3E
LH
P–G
Y
1
+B
Down
P
10
IG
M+
V
9
L
L–O
140A
ALT
Up
8 1K
11 1A
B–R
2
Right
3 1A
B
Left
Body ECU
<7–6>
1
2
2 1A
Combination Meter
<31–6>
10A
ECU–IG
50A AM1
50A J/B
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
1
30A POWER
15A
IG1
2
8
Operation SW
2
2
5 1D
1 1C
7. 5A ACC
2
2 1C
L–W
W–L
L–W
I18
Ignition SW
A
IG
J5
Junction
Connector
Left Kick
Panel
M
1
2
15A AC115V INV
140A ALT
Battery
J7
Junction
Connector
H
H
A
A
15A
IG1
E
E
20 1E
W–G
6
IG
V
L–W
50A J/B
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
V–R
L
Y–R
Y–R
R–W
W–B
W–B
B
4
1
2 IS1
R–W
LG
1 IS1
W–B
B
A
II
B 3F
B 3F
C6
Cigarette Lighter
P6
Power Outlet
(Front)
Floor Seat
Crossmember
LH
A B
A A
1
2
A9 IE1
A B
A A
W–B
Y–R
J5
Junction
Connector
Y–R
J1
Junction
Connector
Y–R
J20
Junction
Connector
W–L
50A AM1
BL
W–B
Instrument
Panel Brace
RH
J24
Junction
Connector
1
2
31 1J
15A
PWR
OUTLET
Rear
Pillar
LH
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
Left Kick
Panel
L
W–B
1
LG
A3 IC4
4
2
6 IR1
30 1J
DC SKT
Relay
1 1C
BO
W–B
IG
Y–R
5 IR1
R–W
C7 IE1
7
W–B
C6 IE1
3
GND
17 1L
5
2
W–B
A
V–R
C8 IE1
1
IG
V9
Voltage Inverter
AC1
AC2
LG
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
2
V
W–B
A B
IN
3
2 1H
W–B
W–B
A15 IC4
4
2
5
3
7. 5A
ACC
1
5 1D
4
P8
Power Outlet
(Rear)
A
E
1
2
2
10A
CIG
W–G
BR–R
A A
3
M2
Main SW
Y–R
C
C
2
3
P ow er O utle t (1 2 V )
BR–R
2
2
8 1J
2 1C
L–Y
Y–R
P–L
2
2
1
2
IG1 4
ACC 3
2
C ig a rette
L igh ter
BR–R
1
2
I18
Ignition SW
2 AM1
V
L–W
P o w e r O utle t (1 1 5 V )
P–L
2
1
2
1
P ow e r S o urc e
L–W
2
25 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
W–B
W–B
P5
Power Outlet
(115V)
V
AC115V INV
Relay
26 4RUNNER
P ow er S ou rc e
H o rn
1
E lec tric T e ns ion R ed uc e r
4
3
2
L–Y
2 1C
ACC
W–L
2 AM1
IG1 4
15A
IG1
L–Y
I18
Ignition SW
J20
Junction
Connector
8 1J
H
A
J25
Junction
Connector
Y–R
D5 IE1
A
Y–R
W–G
Y–R
J7
Junction
Connector
6 IO1
10 1E
5
1
2
1
T12
Tension Reducer
Solenoid LH
HORN
Relay
2
3
2
13 1K 1 1D
B B
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
B B
1
V
C A
10A
HORN
3
4
GR–B
1
1
B13
Buckle SW RH
GR–B
2
C A
B12
Buckle SW LH
G–R
G–R
G–R
(SR5 Grade)
B
2
2
2
2
2
T13
Tension Reducer
Solenoid RH
V
Body ECU
<7–16>
Theft Deterrent ECU
<7–16>
140A
ALT
1
Y–R
1
Y–R
1
W–G
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
50A
AM1
Y–R
A
A
2
2
H
Y–R
A
1
H9
Horn
(High)
H10
Horn
(Low)
G–R
6
W–B
W–B
2
Horn SW
B
C13
Combination
SW
Battery
Floor Seat
Crossmember LH
BL
Floor Seat
Crossmember RH
BM
M
L
40A TOWING
30A
TOWING
Y–R
Battery
Y–R
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
L–W
W–B
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction
Connector
B–R
B
30A TOWING BRK
GR
B
1
TAIL
7
BRK
3
B
Rear Pillar
LH
2
BATT
STTL
5
1 BF1
6
GND
STTR
W–B
B
A A
W–B
W–B
W–B
Y–R
W–L
50A AM1
B–Y
30A BATT CHG
A B
Floor Seat
Crossmember LH
W–B
BO
6
GND
A B
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
Left Kick
Panel
Body ECU
<7–5>
L
2 BF1
B/UP
4
3 BG1
4 BG1
2
RTOT
8
STIN
BL
W–B
IG
J5
Junction
Connector
2 BG1
Y
A
C10 IE1
1
BRK
Y
A B
A A
3
G–B
W
EB
B–R
GND
3
RTIN
9
LTIN
T14
Towing Converter Relay
Y
Front Left
Fender
B–Y
R
1 BG1
4
LTOT
+B
1
4 IB2
W–B
2
G
BR
3 BF1
G
2 IB2
B
STOP
R–Y
B
B
B
TAIL
+B
T6
Towing Brake
Controller
Park/Neutral Position SW
<12–3>
J2
Junction
Connector
G–Y
4
3 IB2
3
TOWING
TAIL
Relay
L–O
2
2
50A J/B
1
10A TAIL
2
L
L–R
1
2
2
5
STOP LP CTRL Relay
<11–3>
A7 IC4
5
3
G–B
B
B
5 1L
3
3
GR
C
Taillight and Illumination
System<10–1>
J16
Junction
Connector
2
3
L–B
E
J1
Junction
Connector
3
1
Turn Signal Flasher
Relay<8–3><9–3>
C
5
3
L–Y
E
3
2
B
140A
ALT
1
20 1E
2
3
L
4
G–Y
2
1
2
15A
IG1
1
TAIL Relay
1
2
2
BATT
CHG
Relay
3
5
L
1
2
2
2 1C
3
1
1 1C
3
T railer T o w ing
STOP LP CTRL Relay
<11–3>
1
2
2
IG1 4
L–Y
I18
Ignition SW
2 AM1
ACC
2
L–W
GR
2
2
1
P o w e r S o urc e
GR
2
27 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
G
T15
Trailer Socket
G
B
Memo
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
2
Battery
20A RADIO NO. 1
50A AM1
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Engine Control
System<5–3><6–3>
GR
GR
GR
W–L
140A ALT
GR
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
W
W–L
20A RADIO NO. 2
B 3A
GR
ACC
24
+B
12
(*1)
Instrument
Panel Brace
LH
IH
W–B
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
SLD
10
RMUT
11
2 ID1
LG
B 3A
6
RSL–
W
7
W
RSL+
3 ID1
RMU
19 E
MUTE
6 F
LG
16 ID1
17
GND
MUTE
21
12 ID1
LG
B 3A
7 ID1
SLD1
14 E
TX+
9 F
TX+
22
11 ID1
LG
9 ID1
8
RSR–
W
9
W
RSR+
R
6 ID1
RSL–
18 E
G
TX–
10 F
TX–
23
10 ID1
W
LG
1 ID1
W
5 ID1
RSL+
17 E
(*1)
A5 IE1
13 ID1
V+
1 A
14 ID1
19
TXL+
20
TXL–
* 1 : Shielded
LMUT
18
15 ID1
GND
4 A
LG
C
B
4 ID1
RSR–
16 E
V
W
C
C
RSR+
15 E
P
LG
F B
P
J6
Junction
Connector
ACC
11 G
R
B
2
R
H A
8 1K
GR
11 IC3
2
CA+
2 A
G
1
R
F 3E
2
V–
3 A
A7 IE1
(*1)
1
2
7. 5A
ACC
P
F 3E
ACC CUT Relay
2
W–G
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
Radio and Player with Display
BR
1
2
T11
Television Camera
(*1)
+B
1 G
L–Y
2
1
A1 IE1
R
4
3
A3 IE1
(*1)
5 1D
P
5 IC3
2
W
D
J7
Junction
Connector
2
3
1 BD2
2 BD2
B
1
2
L–Y
2
R
D
W–G
2
2
1
B
2
W
4
(*1)
A 3B
3 BD2
BR
R
4 BD2
R
W
A 3B
A 3B
L–Y
A 3B
10 BH1
9 BH1
R
5 BH1
W
1
L–Y
L–Y
C2 IC4
L–Y
(*1)
4 BH1
B
C9 IO2
W
A10 IC4
R
I18
Ignition SW
IG1
ACC 3
4
(*1)
B
1
2
2 AM1
3
(*1)
2
2
W–L
2
N a viga tio n S ys te m, R ad io a nd P la y er (w / N a viga tio n S ys te m),
T O Y O T A P a rking A s s is t (R ea r V iew M o nitor)
BR
2
1
P o w e r S o urc e
Short Pin
B
GR
L–Y
L
LG
P–B
L–Y
W–L
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
(Cont. next page)
B
2
28 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
LG
LG
GR
L–Y
LG
R
10A DOME
28 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
(Cont. next page)
N a v ig ation S y s tem , R a dio an d P lay e r (w / N a v ig ation S y s tem ),
T O Y O T A P a rk in g A ss ist (R e ar V ie w M o n itor )
A
B
5
W–L
L–Y
* 1 : Shielded
8
7
6
W–L
A
L–Y
C13
Combination SW
N 3(A), N 4(B)
Navigation ECU
9 B
+B
VR
EAU
A37
Antenna
Amplifier
AU1
10
12
1 A
B
G
R
3 A
7 A
2 A
VG
TX+
6 A
5 A
A10 IO2
2 C
G
R
6 C
5 C
VG
TX+
R–Y
R–Y
7 C
B
C15 IO2
G
3 C
SYNC
R
8 C
(*1)
VR
R–Y
1 IQ1
B
1 C
SPD
W
3 D
PKB
R
1 D
SW2
G
8 E
Y
V–R
LG
SW1
GND
Y–B
V–W
W–R
B
10 C
5 D
TX–
REV
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
Radio and Player with Display
R+
2 F
C
VAL+
3 B
ADPG
6 B
VA–
5 B
GND
20 G
TX+
5 G
TX–
15 G
MUTE
7 G
SGND
10 G
L+
L–
R+
R–
9 G
19 G
8 G
18 G
28
29
SLD
NTSC
SGND
SLD2
C17 IO2
W
27
W
L–
6
C14 IO2
B
L+
2
B
R–
3
C13 IO2
G
R+
4
G
MUTE
5
C11 IO2
R
TX1–
1
C16 IO2
(*1)
TX1+
19
C10 IO2
W–R
+B
20
W
B
17
A9 IO2
R
(*1)
L
P
(*1)
G
R
W
A A
B
A A
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction Connector
L–Y
P–B
LG
L
L–Y
GR
GR
ACC
A8 IO2
(*1)
L
W–R
LG
C B
GR
GR
G
SLD
1 F
P–B
18
F
L–
5 F
W
E
L+
4 F
B
D
R–
3 F
BR
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
7 E
6 E
ANT
REV
14 B
Park/Neutral Position SW
<13–11><14–7>
C12 IO2
13 G
TX–
10 A
G
6 IQ1
R
5 IQ1
(*1)
4 IQ1
B
2 IQ1
W
3 IQ1
R
2 II1
G
II1
Y
3
Combination Meter
<31–7>
Parking Brake SW
<7–38>
Y–B
1
1 II1
SYNC
8 A
11
V–W
W–R
+B
AU2
W
B
G
R
GND
D6
DVD Automatic Changer
(*1)
21
W–R
W–B
B
B
W–B
W
J33
Junction
Connector
B
GR
GR
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
A
Right Kick
Panel
IK
BR
J37
Junction
Connector
IJ
Instrument
Panel Brace RH
M
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
J
I
GR
B
Combination
Meter<31–6>
Floor Seat
Crossmember RH
L–
2 A
L+
3 A
1 A
SGND MUTE
6 A
TX–
7 A
TX+
8 A
+B2
10 B
WFR+
9 B
18 B
20 B
WFR–
W4
Woofer
3
WF–
1
WF+
WF+
2
8 B
WFL+
WF–
4
19 B
WFL–
FR+
FR–
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
7 B
RS+
1 IO1
C
C
2 B
A2 IE1
RL+
4 B
RR+
5 B
G–W
4
4
3
RS–
3 IO1
D
D
11 B
RR–
14 B
BR
A4 IE1
15 B
GND
CSP+
3 B
16 B
E
CSP–
12 B
BR
BR
BP
BR
Rear Pillar
RH
BR
R19
Rear Speaker LH
3
R20
Rear Speaker RH
C
J42
Junction Connector
RL–
13 B
A7 IO2
A5 IO2
A4 IO2
3
A6 IO2
4
C5
Center Speaker
C8 IO2
D
3 BB1
2
C6 IO2
1 BB1
3 BA1
1
BR
BR
BM
R+
5 A
+B
1 B
L–B
H
R–
4 A
FL–
L–R
W
V–R
BR
G–W
W–R
R–L
G–W
BR
G
L
G–W
(*1)
J42
Junction
Connector
G–W
F
GR
G–W
E
GR
D22
Door Speaker
Front LH
GR
1
V–W
FL+
W–L
2
V–W
17 B
P
6 B
W–L
N–MU
V
21 A
LG
ACC
W–L
12 A
C2 IO2
LG
L
C4 IO2
1 BA1
2
R17
Rear Door
Speaker RH
B
A12 IO2
B
8 IP2
L
3
B
B
3 IP2
3
1
R16
Rear Door
Speaker LH
12
* 1 : Shielded
Y
BR
R
V–R
R
BR
D
P
2
V
W
B
LG
LG
G
G
L
L
A2 IO2
S21
Squawker RH
J42
Junction
Connector
4
R
A3 IO2
B1 IO2
W
B
4
LG
C3 IO2
L
C1 IO2
A9 IC4
W–L
Y
1 IA2
AUI–
10 B
LG
R
3 IA2
A
AUI+
1 B
L
A
A
MUTE
15 B
B
C5 IO2
ACC
18 B
1
Y
C7 IO2
1
AUO–
11 B
2
R
W
A1 IO2
AUO+
2 B
1
D23
Door Speaker
Front RH
W
W
SPD
5 B
2
11
G
G–B
C
GND
N 3(A), N 4(B)
Navigation ECU
10
W–L
17 B
9
N av ig ation S y s tem , R a dio an d P lay e r (w / N av ig ation S y s tem ),
T O Y O T A P a rk in g A s sis t (R e ar V ie w M on ito r)
G–B
B
A
W–L
28 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
BR
B
W
W–R
(*1)
R
G
B
W
GR
S20
Squawker LH
V
P
Memo
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
50A AM1
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
2
1
2
Battery
20A RADIO NO. 1
1
2
L–Y
4
2
2
3
1
2
2
B 3A
11 IC3
GR
ACC+B
11 A
BU+B
1 A
20 A
GND
RSR+
GND
6 C
W–R
SW2
Y–B
W–R
P
W
W–L
20A RADIO NO. 2
W–L
140A ALT
AU2
11
II1
RMU
19 C
Short Pin
B
Instrument
Panel Brace RH
SW1
3 II1
AU1
MUTE
6 B
A37
Antenna
Amplifier
+B
1
13 A
ANT+B
TX+
9 B
TX–
10 B
10 ID1
11 ID1
7 C
12
TX–
23
12 ID1
V–W
C13
Combination SW
2
8 C
TX+
22
B
EAU
10
1 II1
RSL–
18 C
MUTE
21
2 ID1
R 1(A), R 4(B), R 5(C)
Radio and Player
RSL+
Y–B
BR
IJ
RSR–
RMUT
11
V–W
1
2
2
P
2
B 3A
GR
2
2
L–Y
A 3B
GR
5 IC3
R
17 C
B
16 C
W
15 C
R
SLD1
14 C
G
B 3A
7 ID1
W
6 ID1
6
RSL–
(Shielded)
5 ID1
7
RSL+
(Shielded)
4 ID1
8
RSR–
V
A 3B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
R
GR
GR
3 ID1
9
RSR+
GND
17
LG
GR
W–L
P
1
2
P
F 3E
C
LG
9 ID1
LG
1 ID1
SLD
10
W
C
F B
H A
ACC
24
W
C
J6
Junction
Connector
R
A10 IC4
L–Y
+B
12
W
F 3E
7. 5A
ACC
LG
2
8 1K
5 1D
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
4
LG
R
1
J7
Junction
Connector
3
LG
G
1
2
R
D
D
C2 IC4
W–G
2
R ad io a nd P la y er (w /o N av ig ation S y s tem E x c ep t 6 S p ea k er)
C
B
A
(Cont. next page)
W
2
W–L
2
2
IG1
ACC 3
R
2
I18
Ignition SW
2 AM1
1
P ow e r S ou rc e
R
A9 IC4
29 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
L–Y
GR
GR
GR
GR
L–Y
ACC CUT Relay
GR
Engine Control
System<5–3><6–3>
10A DOME
29 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
R a d io a nd P la ye r (w /o N a v ig ation S y ste m E x ce p t 6 S p ea ke r)
A
8
7
6
GR
W–L
B
C
5
W–L
LG
W–L
GR
W
WF–
WF+
WF–
2
4
1
3
LG
L–R
13 B
RL+
5 B
RL–
14 B
RR+
RR–
8 B
19 B
WFL+
9 B
WFL–
W–B
4 B
+B2
R 1(A), R 4(B), R 5(C)
Radio and Player
L–B
10 B
+B
G–W
BR
1 B
16 ID1
W
ACC
W
12 A
A4 IO2
R
L+
WF+
3 BB1
R
3 A
L–
2
R
2 A
A6 IO2
Y
R+
1 BB1
Y
5 A
C8 IO2
B
R–
C6 IO2
W–L
4 A
W–L
SGND
B
B
GR
6 A
R
SGND
(Shielded)
10 A
G
R–
B
18 A
W
R+
(Shielded)
8 A
W
L–
B
G
R
20 B
WFR+
WFR–
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
TX+
5 A
TX–
15 A
MUTE
MUTE
7 A
1 A
TX–
7 A
TX+
8 A
GND
15 B
E
16 B
FL+
FL–
6 B
FR–
7 B
CSP+
18 B
3 B
CSP–
RS+
12 B
RS–
2 B
11 B
BR
G–W
G–B
G
L
LG
V
BR
BR
B
W
W–R
C
A3 IO2
C4 IO2
D
4
3
A4 IE1
4
3
2
D23
Door Speaker
Front RH
W–B
1
R20
Rear Speaker RH
BR
BP
4
L
2
1
LG
V
P
BR
BR
1
D22
Door Speaker
Front LH
Rear Pillar
RH
2
A2 IE1
G–W
1
S21
Squawker RH
S20
Squawker LH
2
BR
3
3 IO1
3
G–W
4
G–B
3
G
W
R
L
R–L
4
D
BR
1 IO1
8 IP2
J42
Junction
Connector
BR
C
G–W
3 IP2
D
C
A7 IO2
G–W
1 IA2
A5 IO2
L
3 IA2
C2 IO2
LG
V
C10 IO2
A2 IO2
P
A9 IO2
W–R
W
B
A8 IO2
FR+
17 B
P
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
19 A
L+
Y
C16 IO2
A
9 A
3 BA1
B
C17 IO2
J42
Junction
Connector
C14 IO2
1
2
1 BA1
W–L
GR
C13 IO2
1
W4
Woofer
B
A
C11 IO2
R17
Rear Door
Speaker RH
B
B1 IO2
A12 IO2
R16
Rear Door
Speaker LH
C5
Center Speaker
R19
Rear Speaker LH
Instrument
Panel Brace LH
IH
M
2
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
2
20A RADIO NO. 1
50A AM1
1
2
10A DOME
Battery
P
F 3E
P
P
W
Short Pin
W–L
140A ALT
2
2
1
2
RR+
1 B
1
RR–
3 B
L
R–L
P
GR
ACC CUT Relay
GR
Engine Control
System<5–3><6–3>
P
B
R16
Rear Door
Speaker LH
R17
Rear Door
Speaker RH
2
B
2
3 BB1
1 BB1
3 BA1
Y
1 BA1
1
RL–
6 B
RSL–
18 D
R
D23
Door Speaker
Front RH
1
3
RL+
2 B
RSL+
17 D
W
D22
Door Speaker
Front LH
1
1
4
R
2
V
8 IP2
LG
3
R
W
3 IP2
L
4
FR–
5 A
B
1 IA2
1 A
R 2(A), R 3(B), R 4(C), R 5(D)
Radio and Player
Y
3 IA2
6 A
FR+
RSR–
16 D
R
5 IC3
P
W
1
2
P
2 A
FL–
J6
Junction
Connector
2
L–Y
FL+
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
F 3E
GR
RSR+
15 D
4 ID1
B
SLD1
14 D
7 ID1
6 ID1
5 ID1
W
ACC+B
3 ID1
6
RSL–
R
3 A
9 ID1
7
RSL+
G
BU+B
1 ID1
8
RSR–
(Shielded)
W
4 A
F B
9
RSR+
(Shielded)
F 3E
2
B 3A
C
H A
SLD
10
2 ID1
11
RMUT
P
L–Y
RMU
19 D
V
2
2
A 3B
B 3A
C
GR
4
L–Y
A 3B
C
LG
2
3
2
GR
LG
8 1K
1
2
A10 IC4
ACC
24
W
2
7. 5A
ACC
5 1D
L–Y
+B
12
4
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
W
1
2
11 IC3
GR
3
W
1
2
J7
Junction
Connector
2
R ad io a nd P la y er (6 S p e ak er )
B
A
(Cont. next page)
LG
1
2
2
W–L
C2 IC4
D
D
R
R
L–Y
L–Y
W–G
R
2
IG1 4
ACC 3
1
P ow e r S ou rc e
R
2
I18
Ignition SW
2 AM1
30 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
S21
Squawker RH
L
LG
GR
S20
Squawker LH
V
30 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
R ad io a nd P la y er (6 S pe ak e r)
A
8
7
6
P
L–Y
B
5
L–Y
S h ift L oc k
2 1C
10A
ECU–IG
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
TX–
22
GND
23
17
J20
Junction
Connector
LG
W
LG
LG
16 ID1
S6
Shift Lock Control ECU
6
B–R
G–Y
P
10 ID1
7
ACC
+B
A
STP
J12
Junction
Connector
1
A
W–B
G
R
P
KLS+
B
10 C
TX+
12
8 A
TX–
GND
SW2
8 D
A 3D
SW1
7 D
L–W
6 D
1 IJ1
W–B
GND
1
ANT+B
R 2(A), R 3(B), R 4(C), R 5(D)
Radio and Player
7 A
8
A 3D
B 3F
12
A
AU1
Instrument
Panel Brace LH
Left Kick
Panel
IG
J5
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
B 3F
A
A
IK
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
IH
B
3F
J15
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
Instrument
Panel Brace RH
3
W–B
AU2
C13
Combination SW
IJ
V–W
11
EAU
K3
Key Interlock Solenoid
3 II1
Y–B
W–R
10
V–W
Y–B
W–R
BR
2 II1
B–R
4
1 II1
B–R
MUTE
9 C
IG
B–R
6 C
E
L–W
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
11 ID1
G
G
A37
Antenna
Amplifier
12 ID1
28 1J
B–R
21
TX+
Stop Light SW
<11–1>
MUTE
J37
Junction
Connector
Right Kick
Panel
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
Instrument
Panel Brace RH
M
8 B
9 C
B–Y
Park/Neutral Position SW
<1–2><1–4>
Taillight and Illumination
System<10–11>
R–L
Beam
R–L
Injector No. 1
<5–10><6–10>
Multiplex Communication
System<7–33>
Multiplex Communication
System<7–33>
13 A
14 A
A/C Control Assembly
<32–11>
17 A
4
Door
Multiplex
Communication
System<7–33>
L–B
8 IM2
3 B
7 C 16 B
BR–B
Taillight and
Illumination
System<10–11>
2 B
R
B–R
W–L
A/C Control
Assembly
<32–12>
7 B
B
A
(Cont. next page)
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
14 D
L
15 D
2
16 D
3
17 D
4
18 D
D
19 D
N
1 C
R
20 D
Electronically Controlled Transmission and
A/T Indicator System
<13–8><13–10><13–11><13–12>
<14–9><14–10>
3
C om b in ation M e ter
Tail
P
Illumination
Illumination
4 A
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
OFF
3 A
LO
B–R
7 AM2
2 A
I18
Ignition SW
IG2 6
ST2
IG1
AM1
1
HI
30A AM2
R
Short Pin
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
2
1
2
2
B
1
2
W
2
R
2
C2 IC4
10A DOME
R
D
R
Battery
J7
Junction
Connector
1
2
2
R
D
P ow er S ou rc e
ACC
N
31 4RUNNER
Active Height Control Suspension
and Electronic Modulated
Air Suspension System
<18–6><18–7>
5 A
2
Height Control
(Cont. next page)
31 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
C o mb ina tio n M e te r
A
B
5
R
B
3D
V–R
R
Moon Roof
Control ECU
<24–2>
B
3D
B–O
B
3D
Body ECU
<7–39>
H A
F B
V–R
D B
4 1G
V
(*1)
B A
10A
IGN
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
7. 5A
GAUGE
B
3D
11 1K
5 1A
Navigation ECU
<28–9>
11 1J
1 1G
V–R
A/C Control Assembly
<32–11>
V–R
(*2)
Radio and Player
with Display<28–6>
V–R
V–R
(*2)
5 C 16 C
B
A
D
B
V–R
Engine Control
Module<5–17><6–17>
B
A
D
B
V–R
4WD Control ECU
<19–1>
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
V–R
15 C
R
R–L
B–O
B–O
8
7
6
B–R
6 1D
* 1 : w/ Moon Roof
* 2 : w/ Navigation System
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
5 B
Washer
Oil Pressure
Charge
BRAKE
ABS
Fuel
Driver’ s
Seat Belt
Temp.
Fuel
Tachometer
Speedometer
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Buzzer
SRS
3 C
11 C
19 B
12 B
8 C
13 B
9 B
10 B
2 C
4 D
2 D
3 D
8 D
8 A
6 IM1
1
W1
Washer Level
Sensor
2
W–B
Charging System
<4–3>
A
J2
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
J5
Junction
Connector
VSC System
<15–11><15–12>
IG
BR
Left Kick Panel
A
W–B
W–B
SRS System
<20–6>
A
VSC System
<15–12>
J15
Junction
Connector
A A
A
Multiplex Communication
System<7–34>
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction
Connector
W–B
W–B
C B
7 IN1
V–W
1
O1
Oil Pressure SW
LG–B
7 IM1
5
6 A
V–W
O2
ODO/Trip SW
RESET
Engine Control Module
<5–17><6–17>
Data Link Connector 3
<6–6>
Suspension Control
ECU<18–5>
Multiplex Communication
System<7–33><7–34>
B–W
B–W
(1GR–FE)
B–W
(2UZ–FE)
F14
Fuel Sender
3
ODO/TRIP
C A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
Y–B
BR–R
2
C A
13 C
LG–B
3
4 B
BR
4
C B
D2 IE1
18 B
B–L
B
B–W
Y–B
BR–R
D1 IE1
6 B
Rear Side of Left
Bank Cylinder Block
EF
EB
Front Left
Fender
M
20 C
DAC
10 D
4WD
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
5 D
Center
Diff. Lock
6 D
9
31 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
4LO
VSC System
<15–11>
Cruise Control
System<16–4><17–4>
Electronically Controlled
Transmission and
A/T Indicator System
<13–6><14–10>
Engine Control
System<5–9><6–9>
4WD System
<19–5>
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
15 A
A/T OIL
TEMP
7 A
CRUISE
11 A
Slip
7 D
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
10
C o m bina tio n M ete r
VSC TRAC
18 C
11
VSC OFF (4WD)
TRAC OFF (2WD)
17 C
12
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Memo
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
W–R
W–L
W–R
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
10A ECU–B
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Junction
Connector
140A ALT
B
B
R
50A HEATER
R
10A DOME
W
Short Pin
A
II
B3
Blower Motor
Controller
W–B
W–B
Instrument Panel
Brace RH
A
2
LG–B
B2
Blower Motor
EB
G–Y
1
W–L
SI
Rear Side of Left
Bank Cylinder Block
EF
BR
(1GR–FE)
L–B
Rear Side of Right
Bank Cylinder Block
BR
(1GR–FE)
J27
Junction
Connector
C
C
EE
C
C
11 IC3
2
5 IC3
8 1K
B 3A
B 3A
8
ACC
7
GND
B 3F
B 3F
F 3E
F 3E
IK
B
Y–R
W–R
H
H
LG–B
L
W–B
LG–R
L–B
Y–R
D3
Heater
Control
Panel
J8
Junction
Connector
J7
Junction
Connector
Right Kick
Panel
J37
Junction
Connector
2
IG+
1
A 3C
B 3F
A
D
D
A 3C
B 3F
14
LIN–B
7. 5A
ACC
W–B
Front Left
Fender
Battery
G–Y
2
A2
A/C Lock Sensor
A/C Magnetic Clutch
LG–R
GND
Y–R
BR
(2UZ–FE)
3
P3
Pressure SW
VM
4
1
3 IM1
5 IN1
Engine Control
System<5–3><6–3>
+B
1
R–Y
B–Y
A17 IC4
2
4
2
2
GR
3
B–Y
2
L
W–B
1
W–B
Engine Control Module
<5–15><6–14><6–15>
Y–R
M
Y–R
2
D1 IC4
B–Y
L–B
A14 IC4
2
B–Y
GR
2
50A AM1
L–B
2
E
Y–R
7. 5A
HEATER
NO. 2
E
LG–R
B A
R
B B
15A IG1
J1
Junction Connector
E
2
2
3
ACC CUT
Relay
2
2
L
A11 IC4
E
2
3
1
2
1
GR
B1 IC4
E
2
MG CLT
Relay
Y–R
R
2
2
1
2
20 1E
5
2
D
P
1
2
2
1
2
C
P
1
2
B–Y
3
HEATER
Relay
8 1J
5 1D
C2 IC4
R
R
2
4
1
2
2 1C
D
4
R
1
2
2
5
2
Y–R
Y–R
C
Y–R
J1
Junction
Connector
2
2
I18
Ignition SW
L–Y
W–G
P
2
1
2
2
IG1 4
W–G
3
A ir C on ditio ning
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
(Cont. next page)
R
1
2
2
2 AM1
ACC 3
2
Y–R
4 1B
4 1L
1
P o w e r S o urc e
32 4RUNNER
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
W–B
P
J6
Junction
Connector
GR
Y–R
W–B
J24
Junction
Connector
32 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
(Cont. next page)
A ir C o nd ition in g
A
B
W–R
5
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
8
7
6
Y–R
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
+B
IG
2 A
1 A
LIN1
4 A
PSW
9 B
GND
5 A
HR
21 A
BLW
3 A
S5
TR
1 B
15 A
TPDR(*1)
TP(*2)
25 A
SG
6 A
AMCDR(*1)
AMC(* 2)
23 B
AMHDR(*1)
AMH(*2)
14 B
TAM
TPI
22 A
16 A
AIR
AIF
5 B
6 B
P–G
P–L
P–B
GR
V–W
V–R
L–O
Y–G
V–Y
P
LG–B
L
W–B
LG–R
L–B
Y–R
W–R
A
J25
Junction
Connector
B 3E
A
A13 IC4
A
Y–R
Y–R
B 3E
2
4 B (*2)
3
4
5
M
M
1
2 A
1 A (*1)
1 B
2 B (*2)
2
2
1
Y–G
A
5 B
A1
A/C Ambient
Temp. Sensor
J7
Junction
Connector
A19
A/C Room Temp. Sensor
A
3 B
A25
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor
1
Y–R
J20
Junction
Connector
5 A (*1)
A27(A)
Air Mix Control
Servo Motor LH
A26(B)
Air Mix Control
Servo Motor
W–R
H
4 A
GR
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
H
3 A
Y–R
Y–G
Y–G
H
Y–G
Y–G
A
LG–R
W–B
B 3B
P
G
P
Y–R
L–B
Y–G
Y–G
F
P
E
Y–G
D
Y–G
Y–G
C
A12 IC4
B
3B
B 3B
B
L
LG–B
M
20 B
3 IK1
GR–G
Engine Control Module
<5–15><6–15>
B–R
2 IK1
GR–G
BR–B
B–R
4 IK1
DMOT
19 B
BR–B
17 B
ACS
THE
ACLD
Combination
Meter<31–4>
BR–B
7 B
12
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
W–L
18 A
DMIN
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
L–B
H B
C 3D
E A
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction Connector
L–B
L–B
I B
D A
C 3D
C 3D
7 A
Combination Meter
<31–4><31–7>
SPD
L–B
V–R
8 A
TWI
J10(A), J11(B)
Junction Connector
L–B
6 IG1
P
(*1)
P
(*2)
5 IG1
1
P
(*2)
1
2
V–G
(*2)
P
(*1)
V–G
(*2)
5 IG1
11
A20
A/C Solar Sensor
3
R
(*1)
B–O
(*1)
2
B–O
(*1)
6 IG1
R
(*1)
4 IG1
TSPA
26 A
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
TSDR(*1)
TS(*2)
12 A
A ir C o nd ition in g
A21
A/C Solar Sensor
2
Y–G
1
TE
10
24 A
A18
A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor
G
B
3B
Y–G
(*1)
B 3B
2
1
5
L–R
(*1)
P
(*1)
Y–G
P
2
M
5
AOF
LG–R
4
LG
Y–G
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
B
A
Y–G
1
LG–R
3
AOD
TPO
17 A
4 B
9
32 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)
3 B
A29
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
B 3B
L–W
(*1)
3
AMHPA
TPPA
23 A
16 B
M
L–Y
(*1)
4
AMCPA
24 B
A28
Air Mix Control Servo Motor RH
76−9
EXTERIOR/INTERIOR TRIM
−
REAR SPOILER
760PA−04
REPLACEMENT
1.
(a)
(b)
REMOVE REAR SPOILER
Remove the 2 grommets, 2 bolts and spoiler.
Disconnect the center stop lamp connector.
2.
(a)
REMOVE CENTER STOP LAMP ASSY
Remove the 2 bolts and stop lamp assy.
3.
(a)
(b)
REMOVE REAR SPOILER CLIP NO.1
Use a drill which tip is less than φ 4 mm (0.16 in.).
Tape the drill tip as shown in the illustration.
Dimension (A): 5 mm (0.20 in.)
B63789
B63787
A
B64660
HINT:
In order not to drill too deeply, tape the drill tip.
(c) Gently and vertically place the drill tip onto the rivet, cut
the rivet flanges, and then remove the rivet.
NOTICE:
Placing the drill tip strongly will turn the rivet together
with the drill, and so the rivet will not be cut.
Prizing the hole with a drill can lead to damage to the
rivet hole or the drill itself.
Be careful in undertaking this task as the cut rivet is
hot.
(d) Remove the 2 spoiler clips from the back door panel.
76−10
EXTERIOR/INTERIOR TRIM
−
REAR SPOILER
4.
(a)
INSTALL REAR SPOILER CLIP NO.1
Using an air riveter or hand riveter with nose piece, strike
waterproof rivets of φ 4 mm into the body panel to install
the 2 rear spoiler clips No.1 to the back door panel.
NOTICE:
If the rivet is not positioned perpendicularly, it will bend the
mandrel.
B64661
5.
(a)
INSTALL CENTER STOP LAMP ASSY
Install the stop lamp assy with the 2 bolts.
Torque: 2.5 N⋅m (25 kgf⋅cm, 22 in.⋅lbf)
6.
(a)
(b)
INSTALL REAR SPOILER
Connect the center stop lamp connector.
Install the spoiler with the 2 bolts and 2 grommets.
Torque: 7.0 N⋅m (71 kgf⋅cm, 62 in.⋅lbf)